]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
2bda0e17 | 1 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
faa49bfd WS |
2 | // Name: src/msw/window.cpp |
3 | // Purpose: wxWindowMSW | |
2bda0e17 | 4 | // Author: Julian Smart |
a23fd0e1 | 5 | // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation |
2bda0e17 KB |
6 | // Created: 04/01/98 |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
6c9a19aa | 8 | // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart |
65571936 | 9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence |
2bda0e17 KB |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
11 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
12 | // =========================================================================== |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // =========================================================================== | |
15 | ||
16 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
2bda0e17 KB |
20 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". |
21 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
22 | ||
23 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
09914df7 | 24 | #pragma hdrstop |
2bda0e17 KB |
25 | #endif |
26 | ||
e4db172a WS |
27 | #include "wx/window.h" |
28 | ||
2bda0e17 | 29 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP |
9ed0d735 | 30 | #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" |
57bd4c60 WS |
31 | #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly" |
32 | #include "wx/msw/missing.h" | |
0c589ad0 | 33 | #include "wx/accel.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
34 | #include "wx/menu.h" |
35 | #include "wx/dc.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
8e92ccef | 37 | #include "wx/dcmemory.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
38 | #include "wx/utils.h" |
39 | #include "wx/app.h" | |
3a19e16d VZ |
40 | #include "wx/layout.h" |
41 | #include "wx/dialog.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/frame.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
44 | #include "wx/button.h" | |
3a19e16d | 45 | #include "wx/msgdlg.h" |
1f3943e0 | 46 | #include "wx/settings.h" |
8d753488 | 47 | #include "wx/statbox.h" |
1e2aa2f8 | 48 | #include "wx/sizer.h" |
88a7a4e1 | 49 | #include "wx/intl.h" |
e4db172a | 50 | #include "wx/log.h" |
fec9cc08 | 51 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" |
25466131 | 52 | #include "wx/menuitem.h" |
02761f6c | 53 | #include "wx/module.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
54 | #endif |
55 | ||
61fef19b | 56 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
09914df7 | 57 | #include "wx/ownerdrw.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
58 | #endif |
59 | ||
5acec112 | 60 | #include "wx/hashmap.h" |
a3dc1da9 | 61 | #include "wx/evtloop.h" |
355debca | 62 | #include "wx/power.h" |
c6430ed0 | 63 | #include "wx/sysopt.h" |
d79df32c | 64 | |
9e2896e5 VZ |
65 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
66 | #include "wx/dnd.h" | |
2bda0e17 KB |
67 | #endif |
68 | ||
ed5317e5 JS |
69 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
70 | #include "wx/access.h" | |
bef8d481 | 71 | #include <ole2.h> |
ed5317e5 JS |
72 | #include <oleacc.h> |
73 | #ifndef WM_GETOBJECT | |
74 | #define WM_GETOBJECT 0x003D | |
75 | #endif | |
76 | #ifndef OBJID_CLIENT | |
77 | #define OBJID_CLIENT 0xFFFFFFFC | |
78 | #endif | |
79 | #endif | |
80 | ||
0c589ad0 | 81 | #include "wx/msw/private.h" |
0c03f52d | 82 | #include "wx/msw/private/keyboard.h" |
888dde65 | 83 | #include "wx/msw/dcclient.h" |
0c589ad0 | 84 | |
750b78ba | 85 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
42e69d6b | 86 | #include "wx/tooltip.h" |
750b78ba JS |
87 | #endif |
88 | ||
789295bf VZ |
89 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
90 | #include "wx/caret.h" | |
91 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET | |
92 | ||
7ee21e3a VZ |
93 | #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX |
94 | #include "wx/radiobox.h" | |
95 | #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX | |
96 | ||
6fe19057 VZ |
97 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
98 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
99 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
100 | ||
d9317fd4 | 101 | #include "wx/notebook.h" |
5c6c3176 | 102 | #include "wx/listctrl.h" |
aafb9978 | 103 | #include "wx/dynlib.h" |
2a47d3c1 | 104 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
105 | #include <string.h> |
106 | ||
d61c1a6f | 107 | #if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) /* && !defined(__WXWINCE__) */ ) || defined(__CYGWIN10__) |
3a19e16d VZ |
108 | #include <shellapi.h> |
109 | #include <mmsystem.h> | |
2bda0e17 KB |
110 | #endif |
111 | ||
112 | #ifdef __WIN32__ | |
3a19e16d | 113 | #include <windowsx.h> |
2bda0e17 KB |
114 | #endif |
115 | ||
dcfd4ac4 | 116 | #if !defined __WXWINCE__ && !defined NEED_PBT_H |
dbc74bcc WS |
117 | #include <pbt.h> |
118 | #endif | |
2bda0e17 | 119 | |
7f0586ef | 120 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
4e5c6c33 | 121 | #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h" |
7d4f65e3 JS |
122 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
123 | #include <windows.h> | |
124 | #include <shellapi.h> | |
125 | #include <ole2.h> | |
126 | #include <aygshell.h> | |
127 | #endif | |
7f0586ef JS |
128 | #endif |
129 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
130 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
131 | #include "wx/msw/uxtheme.h" | |
132 | #define EP_EDITTEXT 1 | |
133 | #define ETS_NORMAL 1 | |
134 | #define ETS_HOT 2 | |
135 | #define ETS_SELECTED 3 | |
136 | #define ETS_DISABLED 4 | |
137 | #define ETS_FOCUSED 5 | |
138 | #define ETS_READONLY 6 | |
139 | #define ETS_ASSIST 7 | |
140 | #endif | |
141 | ||
21487550 VZ |
142 | // define the constants used by AnimateWindow() if our SDK doesn't have them |
143 | #ifndef AW_CENTER | |
144 | #define AW_HOR_POSITIVE 0x00000001 | |
145 | #define AW_HOR_NEGATIVE 0x00000002 | |
146 | #define AW_VER_POSITIVE 0x00000004 | |
147 | #define AW_VER_NEGATIVE 0x00000008 | |
148 | #define AW_CENTER 0x00000010 | |
149 | #define AW_HIDE 0x00010000 | |
150 | #define AW_ACTIVATE 0x00020000 | |
151 | #define AW_SLIDE 0x00040000 | |
152 | #define AW_BLEND 0x00080000 | |
153 | #endif | |
154 | ||
aafb9978 | 155 | #if defined(TME_LEAVE) && defined(WM_MOUSELEAVE) && wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
156 | #define HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
157 | #endif // everything needed for TrackMouseEvent() | |
158 | ||
c358ea41 VZ |
159 | // set this to 1 to filter out duplicate mouse events, e.g. mouse move events |
160 | // when mouse position didnd't change | |
161 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
162 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 0 | |
163 | #else | |
164 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 1 | |
165 | #endif | |
166 | ||
2f68482e VZ |
167 | // not all compilers/platforms have X button related declarations (notably |
168 | // Windows CE doesn't, and probably some old SDKs don't neither) | |
169 | #ifdef WM_XBUTTONDOWN | |
170 | #define wxHAS_XBUTTON | |
171 | #endif | |
172 | ||
7095bd60 VZ |
173 | #ifndef MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR |
174 | #define MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR 2 | |
175 | #endif | |
176 | ||
a23fd0e1 | 177 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
42e69d6b | 178 | // global variables |
a23fd0e1 | 179 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
47cbd6da | 180 | |
1950edc3 RR |
181 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
182 | extern wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu; | |
183 | #endif | |
184 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
185 | namespace |
186 | { | |
187 | ||
90c1530a VZ |
188 | // true if we had already created the std colour map, used by |
189 | // wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged() (FIXME-MT) | |
bec9bf3e | 190 | bool gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 191 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
192 | // last mouse event information we need to filter out the duplicates |
193 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
bec9bf3e | 194 | struct MouseEventInfoDummy |
c358ea41 VZ |
195 | { |
196 | // mouse position (in screen coordinates) | |
197 | wxPoint pos; | |
198 | ||
199 | // last mouse event type | |
200 | wxEventType type; | |
201 | } gs_lastMouseEvent; | |
202 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
203 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
204 | // hash containing the registered handlers for the custom messages |
205 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, wxWindow::MSWMessageHandler, | |
206 | wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, | |
207 | MSWMessageHandlers); | |
208 | ||
bec9bf3e | 209 | MSWMessageHandlers gs_messageHandlers; |
5acec112 | 210 | |
dca0f651 VZ |
211 | // hash containing all our windows, it uses HWND keys and wxWindow* values |
212 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(HWND, wxWindow *, | |
213 | wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, | |
214 | WindowHandles); | |
215 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
216 | WindowHandles gs_windowHandles; |
217 | ||
218 | #ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
219 | ||
220 | // temporary override for WM_ERASEBKGND processing: we don't store this in | |
221 | // wxWindow itself as we don't need it during most of the time so don't | |
222 | // increase the size of all window objects unnecessarily | |
223 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(wxWindow *, wxWindow *, | |
224 | wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, | |
225 | EraseBgHooks); | |
226 | ||
227 | EraseBgHooks gs_eraseBgHooks; | |
228 | ||
229 | #endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
230 | ||
231 | } // anonymous namespace | |
dca0f651 | 232 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
233 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
234 | // private functions | |
235 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
236 | ||
237 | // the window proc for all our windows | |
3135f4a7 | 238 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, |
42e69d6b | 239 | WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); |
577baeef | 240 | |
42e69d6b | 241 | |
4b6a582b | 242 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
4a712ba3 | 243 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message); |
4b6a582b | 244 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
2bda0e17 | 245 | |
1e6feb95 | 246 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win); |
cc972ac6 | 247 | extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win); |
2bda0e17 | 248 | |
f6bcfd97 | 249 | // get the text metrics for the current font |
1e6feb95 VZ |
250 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win); |
251 | ||
42b1fb63 | 252 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 253 | // find the window for the mouse event at the specified position |
42b1fb63 VZ |
254 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y); |
255 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
dfafa702 | 256 | |
c48926e1 | 257 | // wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API |
44d5b352 | 258 | static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd) |
c48926e1 VZ |
259 | { |
260 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
261 | // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the window to the top, | |
262 | // which can be the wrong one. | |
263 | ||
264 | // activate (set focus to) specified window | |
265 | ::SetFocus(hwnd); | |
313901f3 | 266 | #endif |
c48926e1 VZ |
267 | |
268 | // raise top level parent to top of z order | |
313901f3 | 269 | if (!::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE)) |
c48926e1 | 270 | { |
9a83f860 | 271 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowPos")); |
c48926e1 | 272 | } |
c48926e1 | 273 | } |
f6bcfd97 | 274 | |
e0c5c96f VZ |
275 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
276 | ||
ee471817 VZ |
277 | // ensure that all our parent windows have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style |
278 | static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent) | |
279 | { | |
280 | /* | |
281 | If we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our | |
282 | parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using | |
283 | GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as | |
284 | IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed, | |
285 | all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the currently | |
286 | focused one and stop iterating when they get back to the focus but | |
287 | unless all parents have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never | |
288 | get back to the initial (focused) window: as we do have this style, | |
289 | GetNextDlgTabItem() will leave this window and continue in its parent, | |
290 | but if the parent doesn't have it, it wouldn't recurse inside it later | |
90e572f1 | 291 | on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window either. |
ee471817 | 292 | */ |
ee471817 VZ |
293 | while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() ) |
294 | { | |
d66d0500 | 295 | LONG exStyle = wxGetWindowExStyle(parent); |
ee471817 VZ |
296 | if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
297 | { | |
298 | // force the parent to have this style | |
d66d0500 | 299 | wxSetWindowExStyle(parent, exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT); |
ee471817 VZ |
300 | } |
301 | ||
302 | parent = parent->GetParent(); | |
303 | } | |
ee471817 VZ |
304 | } |
305 | ||
e0c5c96f VZ |
306 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
307 | ||
f2325516 JS |
308 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
309 | // On Windows CE, GetCursorPos can return an error, so use this function | |
310 | // instead | |
311 | bool GetCursorPosWinCE(POINT* pt) | |
312 | { | |
7d30268c JS |
313 | if (!GetCursorPos(pt)) |
314 | { | |
315 | DWORD pos = GetMessagePos(); | |
316 | pt->x = LOWORD(pos); | |
317 | pt->y = HIWORD(pos); | |
318 | } | |
f2325516 JS |
319 | return true; |
320 | } | |
321 | #endif | |
322 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
323 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
324 | // event tables | |
325 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
326 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
327 | // in wxUniv/MSW this class is abstract because it doesn't have DoPopupMenu() |
328 | // method | |
329 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
330 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
331 | #else // __WXMSW__ | |
51596bcb | 332 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI |
6a89f9ee | 333 | |
f3291a82 SC |
334 | // windows that are created from a parent window during its Create method, eg. spin controls in a calendar controls |
335 | // must never been streamed out separately otherwise chaos occurs. Right now easiest is to test for negative ids, as | |
336 | // windows with negative ids never can be recreated anyway | |
337 | ||
338 | bool wxWindowStreamingCallback( const wxObject *object, wxWriter * , wxPersister * , wxxVariantArray & ) | |
339 | { | |
340 | const wxWindow * win = dynamic_cast<const wxWindow*>(object) ; | |
341 | if ( win && win->GetId() < 0 ) | |
342 | return false ; | |
343 | return true ; | |
344 | } | |
345 | ||
346 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxWindow, wxWindowBase,"wx/window.h", wxWindowStreamingCallback) | |
51596bcb | 347 | |
6a89f9ee SC |
348 | // make wxWindowList known before the property is used |
349 | ||
321239b6 | 350 | wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxWindow* , wxWindowList ) ; |
6a89f9ee SC |
351 | |
352 | template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxWindowList const &theList, wxxVariantArray &value) | |
353 | { | |
0c6b0084 | 354 | wxListCollectionToVariantArray<wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator>( theList , value ) ; |
6a89f9ee SC |
355 | } |
356 | ||
bc9fb572 JS |
357 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) |
358 | ||
321239b6 | 359 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) |
bc9fb572 JS |
360 | // new style border flags, we put them first to |
361 | // use them for streaming out | |
5c6c3176 | 362 | |
321239b6 SC |
363 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) |
364 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
365 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
366 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
367 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
368 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
35bbb0c6 | 369 | |
bc9fb572 | 370 | // old style border flags |
321239b6 SC |
371 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) |
372 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
373 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
374 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
375 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
cb0afb26 | 376 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) |
bc9fb572 JS |
377 | |
378 | // standard window styles | |
321239b6 SC |
379 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) |
380 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
381 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
382 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
cb0afb26 | 383 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) |
321239b6 SC |
384 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) |
385 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
386 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
387 | ||
388 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) | |
389 | ||
390 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxWindow) | |
3a3c8603 DS |
391 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Close , wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW , wxCloseEvent) |
392 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Create , wxEVT_CREATE , wxWindowCreateEvent ) | |
393 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Destroy , wxEVT_DESTROY , wxWindowDestroyEvent ) | |
51741307 SC |
394 | // Always constructor Properties first |
395 | ||
af498247 | 396 | wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Parent,wxWindow*, GetParent, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) |
fb7e28db | 397 | wxPROPERTY( Id,wxWindowID, SetId, GetId, -1 /*wxID_ANY*/ , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") ) |
abb74e0f WS |
398 | wxPROPERTY( Position,wxPoint, SetPosition , GetPosition, wxDefaultPosition , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // pos |
399 | wxPROPERTY( Size,wxSize, SetSize, GetSize, wxDefaultSize , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // size | |
af498247 | 400 | wxPROPERTY( WindowStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style |
51741307 SC |
401 | |
402 | // Then all relations of the object graph | |
403 | ||
321239b6 | 404 | wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( Children , wxWindowList , wxWindowBase* , GetWindowChildren , wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) |
51741307 SC |
405 | |
406 | // and finally all other properties | |
407 | ||
3a3c8603 DS |
408 | wxPROPERTY( ExtraStyle , long , SetExtraStyle , GetExtraStyle , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // extstyle |
409 | wxPROPERTY( BackgroundColour , wxColour , SetBackgroundColour , GetBackgroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // bg | |
410 | wxPROPERTY( ForegroundColour , wxColour , SetForegroundColour , GetForegroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // fg | |
411 | wxPROPERTY( Enabled , bool , Enable , IsEnabled , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) | |
412 | wxPROPERTY( Shown , bool , Show , IsShown , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) | |
51741307 SC |
413 | #if 0 |
414 | // possible property candidates (not in xrc) or not valid in all subclasses | |
8b5d5223 | 415 | wxPROPERTY( Title,wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxEmptyString ) |
3a3c8603 | 416 | wxPROPERTY( Font , wxFont , SetFont , GetWindowFont , ) |
8b5d5223 | 417 | wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxEmptyString ) |
3a3c8603 DS |
418 | // MaxHeight, Width , MinHeight , Width |
419 | // TODO switch label to control and title to toplevels | |
6a89f9ee | 420 | |
3a3c8603 DS |
421 | wxPROPERTY( ThemeEnabled , bool , SetThemeEnabled , GetThemeEnabled , ) |
422 | //wxPROPERTY( Cursor , wxCursor , SetCursor , GetCursor , ) | |
423 | // wxPROPERTY( ToolTip , wxString , SetToolTip , GetToolTipText , ) | |
424 | wxPROPERTY( AutoLayout , bool , SetAutoLayout , GetAutoLayout , ) | |
6a89f9ee SC |
425 | |
426 | ||
427 | ||
51741307 | 428 | #endif |
321239b6 | 429 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() |
51596bcb | 430 | |
321239b6 SC |
431 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxWindow) |
432 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
51596bcb | 433 | |
321239b6 | 434 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(wxWindow) |
6a89f9ee | 435 | |
51596bcb | 436 | #else |
1e6feb95 | 437 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase) |
51596bcb | 438 | #endif |
1e6feb95 VZ |
439 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__ |
440 | ||
441 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
1e6feb95 | 442 | EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged) |
79099b80 | 443 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1e6feb95 | 444 | EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog) |
79099b80 | 445 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
446 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
447 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
448 | // =========================================================================== |
449 | // implementation | |
450 | // =========================================================================== | |
451 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
452 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
453 | // wxWindow utility functions | |
454 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
455 | ||
2bda0e17 | 456 | // Find an item given the MS Windows id |
1e6feb95 | 457 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const |
2bda0e17 | 458 | { |
1e6feb95 | 459 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f7637829 | 460 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl); |
f048e32f VZ |
461 | if ( item ) |
462 | { | |
90e572f1 | 463 | // is it us or one of our "internal" children? |
1e6feb95 VZ |
464 | if ( item->GetId() == id |
465 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
466 | || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
467 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
468 | ) | |
f048e32f VZ |
469 | { |
470 | return item; | |
471 | } | |
472 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 473 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f048e32f | 474 | |
222ed1d6 | 475 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d JS |
476 | while (current) |
477 | { | |
42e69d6b | 478 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); |
2bda0e17 | 479 | |
42e69d6b | 480 | wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id); |
cc2b7472 | 481 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 482 | return wnd; |
2bda0e17 | 483 | |
42e69d6b | 484 | current = current->GetNext(); |
2bda0e17 | 485 | } |
42e69d6b | 486 | |
2d0a075d | 487 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
488 | } |
489 | ||
490 | // Find an item given the MS Windows handle | |
1e6feb95 | 491 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const |
2bda0e17 | 492 | { |
222ed1d6 | 493 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d | 494 | while (current) |
2bda0e17 | 495 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
496 | wxWindow *parent = current->GetData(); |
497 | ||
2d0a075d | 498 | // Do a recursive search. |
42e69d6b | 499 | wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd); |
cc2b7472 | 500 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 501 | return wnd; |
2d0a075d | 502 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
503 | if ( !controlOnly |
504 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
505 | || parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) | |
506 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
507 | ) | |
2d0a075d | 508 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
509 | wxWindow *item = current->GetData(); |
510 | if ( item->GetHWND() == hWnd ) | |
2d0a075d JS |
511 | return item; |
512 | else | |
513 | { | |
514 | if ( item->ContainsHWND(hWnd) ) | |
515 | return item; | |
516 | } | |
517 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
518 | |
519 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
2bda0e17 | 520 | } |
2d0a075d | 521 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
522 | } |
523 | ||
524 | // Default command handler | |
1e6feb95 | 525 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id)) |
2bda0e17 | 526 | { |
08158721 | 527 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
528 | } |
529 | ||
fd3f686c VZ |
530 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
531 | // constructors and such | |
532 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
533 | ||
1e6feb95 | 534 | void wxWindowMSW::Init() |
2bda0e17 | 535 | { |
cc2b7472 | 536 | // MSW specific |
5a403e3f | 537 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
08158721 DS |
538 | m_mouseInWindow = false; |
539 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; | |
2bda0e17 | 540 | |
319fefa9 VZ |
541 | m_hWnd = 0; |
542 | ||
2d0a075d JS |
543 | m_xThumbSize = 0; |
544 | m_yThumbSize = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 545 | |
f5c1b76c VZ |
546 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
547 | m_hDWP = 0; | |
67644c1d RD |
548 | m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; |
549 | m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
f5c1b76c | 550 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
7d4f65e3 JS |
551 | |
552 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ | |
553 | m_contextMenuEnabled = false; | |
554 | #endif | |
fd3f686c VZ |
555 | } |
556 | ||
2bda0e17 | 557 | // Destructor |
1e6feb95 | 558 | wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW() |
2bda0e17 | 559 | { |
c6212a0c | 560 | SendDestroyEvent(); |
2bda0e17 | 561 | |
2e9f62da | 562 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4a41c655 | 563 | // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us: |
2e9f62da | 564 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
4a41c655 | 565 | { |
085ad686 | 566 | wxTopLevelWindow *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); |
4a41c655 VS |
567 | if ( frame ) |
568 | { | |
c5053639 | 569 | if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this ) |
2e9f62da | 570 | { |
085ad686 | 571 | frame->SetLastFocus(NULL); |
2e9f62da | 572 | } |
4552892f VZ |
573 | |
574 | // apparently sometimes we can end up with our grand parent | |
575 | // pointing to us as well: this is surely a bug in focus handling | |
576 | // code but it's not clear where it happens so for now just try to | |
577 | // fix it here by not breaking out of the loop | |
578 | //break; | |
4a41c655 VS |
579 | } |
580 | } | |
2e9f62da | 581 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2bda0e17 | 582 | |
cc0c7cd8 | 583 | // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent. |
90e572f1 | 584 | // If we did it the other way around, children wouldn't be able |
cc0c7cd8 VS |
585 | // find their parent frame (see above). |
586 | DestroyChildren(); | |
587 | ||
cc2b7472 | 588 | if ( m_hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 589 | { |
98440bc3 VZ |
590 | // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here |
591 | //if (::IsWindow(GetHwnd())) | |
df61c009 JS |
592 | { |
593 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
43b2d5e7 | 594 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 595 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); |
43b2d5e7 | 596 | } |
df61c009 | 597 | } |
2bda0e17 | 598 | |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
599 | // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association |
600 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); | |
601 | } | |
d7cbabe0 | 602 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
603 | } |
604 | ||
d9698bd4 VZ |
605 | /* static */ |
606 | const wxChar *wxWindowMSW::MSWGetRegisteredClassName() | |
607 | { | |
9a83f860 | 608 | return wxApp::GetRegisteredClassName(wxT("wxWindow"), COLOR_BTNFACE); |
d9698bd4 VZ |
609 | } |
610 | ||
fd3f686c | 611 | // real construction (Init() must have been called before!) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
612 | bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent, |
613 | wxWindowID id, | |
614 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
615 | const wxSize& size, | |
616 | long style, | |
617 | const wxString& name) | |
2d0a075d | 618 | { |
08158721 | 619 | wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") ); |
2bda0e17 | 620 | |
8d99be5f | 621 | if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) ) |
08158721 | 622 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 623 | |
fd3f686c | 624 | parent->AddChild(this); |
2bda0e17 | 625 | |
b2d5a7ee | 626 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
e49d97e6 | 627 | DWORD msflags = MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(&exstyle); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
628 | |
629 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
d1fe917b | 630 | // no borders, we draw them ourselves |
76c79ff4 VZ |
631 | exstyle &= ~(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME | |
632 | WS_EX_STATICEDGE | | |
633 | WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE | | |
634 | WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE); | |
d1fe917b | 635 | msflags &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee | 636 | #endif // wxUniversal |
1e6feb95 | 637 | |
ff792344 | 638 | if ( IsShown() ) |
e49d97e6 VZ |
639 | { |
640 | msflags |= WS_VISIBLE; | |
641 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 642 | |
d9698bd4 VZ |
643 | if ( !MSWCreate(MSWGetRegisteredClassName(), |
644 | NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) ) | |
45956e37 VZ |
645 | return false; |
646 | ||
647 | InheritAttributes(); | |
648 | ||
649 | return true; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
650 | } |
651 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
652 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
653 | // basic operations | |
654 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
655 | ||
1e6feb95 | 656 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus() |
2bda0e17 | 657 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 658 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9a83f860 | 659 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, wxT("can't set focus to invalid window") ); |
1e6feb95 | 660 | |
4b6a582b | 661 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 662 | ::SetLastError(0); |
8cb172b4 | 663 | #endif |
d0a3d109 | 664 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
665 | if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) ) |
666 | { | |
667 | // was there really an error? | |
668 | DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError(); | |
669 | if ( dwRes ) | |
670 | { | |
5262eb0a VZ |
671 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); |
672 | if ( hwndFocus != hWnd ) | |
673 | { | |
9a83f860 | 674 | wxLogApiError(wxT("SetFocus"), dwRes); |
5262eb0a | 675 | } |
1e6feb95 | 676 | } |
1e6feb95 | 677 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
678 | } |
679 | ||
ddf9d04f VZ |
680 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd() |
681 | { | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
682 | // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from |
683 | // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what | |
684 | // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the | |
685 | // same LNF as the native programs | |
686 | if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_HASSETSEL ) | |
687 | { | |
688 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1); | |
689 | } | |
1b1ca07a VZ |
690 | |
691 | // do this after (maybe) setting the selection as like this when | |
692 | // wxEVT_SET_FOCUS handler is called, the selection would have been already | |
693 | // set correctly -- this may be important | |
694 | wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd(); | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
695 | } |
696 | ||
42e69d6b | 697 | // Get the window with the focus |
0fe02759 | 698 | wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoFindFocus() |
42e69d6b VZ |
699 | { |
700 | HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus(); | |
701 | if ( hWnd ) | |
702 | { | |
a2242341 | 703 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
42e69d6b VZ |
704 | } |
705 | ||
706 | return NULL; | |
707 | } | |
708 | ||
47a8a4d5 | 709 | void wxWindowMSW::DoEnable( bool enable ) |
2bda0e17 | 710 | { |
0826c4d3 VS |
711 | MSWEnableHWND(GetHwnd(), enable); |
712 | } | |
713 | ||
714 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWEnableHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool enable) | |
715 | { | |
716 | if ( !hWnd ) | |
717 | return false; | |
718 | ||
719 | // If disabling focused control, we move focus to the next one, as if the | |
720 | // user pressed Tab. That's because we can't keep focus on a disabled | |
721 | // control, Tab-navigation would stop working then. | |
722 | if ( !enable && ::GetFocus() == hWnd ) | |
723 | Navigate(); | |
724 | ||
a492bccf | 725 | return ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable) != 0; |
2bda0e17 KB |
726 | } |
727 | ||
1e6feb95 | 728 | bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show) |
42e69d6b VZ |
729 | { |
730 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) ) | |
08158721 | 731 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
732 | |
733 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
42e69d6b | 734 | |
a068160f VZ |
735 | // we could be called before the underlying window is created (this is |
736 | // actually useful to prevent it from being initially shown), e.g. | |
737 | // | |
738 | // wxFoo *foo = new wxFoo; | |
739 | // foo->Hide(); | |
740 | // foo->Create(parent, ...); | |
741 | // | |
742 | // should work without errors | |
743 | if ( hWnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 744 | { |
a068160f | 745 | ::ShowWindow(hWnd, show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE); |
42e69d6b VZ |
746 | } |
747 | ||
89267fe5 VS |
748 | if ( IsFrozen() ) |
749 | { | |
750 | // DoFreeze/DoThaw don't do anything if the window is not shown, so | |
751 | // we have to call them from here now | |
752 | if ( show ) | |
753 | DoFreeze(); | |
754 | else | |
755 | DoThaw(); | |
756 | } | |
757 | ||
08158721 | 758 | return true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
759 | } |
760 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
761 | bool |
762 | wxWindowMSW::MSWShowWithEffect(bool show, | |
763 | wxShowEffect effect, | |
eed04c99 | 764 | unsigned timeout) |
376d7d97 | 765 | { |
ffa50e73 VZ |
766 | if ( effect == wxSHOW_EFFECT_NONE ) |
767 | return Show(show); | |
768 | ||
30443550 VS |
769 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) ) |
770 | return false; | |
771 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
772 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *AnimateWindow_t)(HWND, DWORD, DWORD); |
773 | ||
774 | static AnimateWindow_t s_pfnAnimateWindow = NULL; | |
775 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
776 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
777 | { | |
9a83f860 | 778 | wxDynamicLibrary dllUser32(wxT("user32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM | wxDL_QUIET); |
376d7d97 VZ |
779 | wxDL_INIT_FUNC(s_pfn, AnimateWindow, dllUser32); |
780 | ||
781 | s_initDone = true; | |
782 | ||
783 | // notice that it's ok to unload user32.dll here as it won't be really | |
784 | // unloaded, being still in use because we link to it statically too | |
785 | } | |
786 | ||
787 | if ( !s_pfnAnimateWindow ) | |
788 | return Show(show); | |
789 | ||
7157abfb VZ |
790 | // Show() has a side effect of sending a WM_SIZE to the window, which helps |
791 | // ensuring that it's laid out correctly, but AnimateWindow() doesn't do | |
792 | // this so send the event ourselves | |
793 | SendSizeEvent(); | |
794 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
795 | // prepare to use AnimateWindow() |
796 | ||
797 | if ( !timeout ) | |
798 | timeout = 200; // this is the default animation timeout, per MSDN | |
799 | ||
800 | DWORD dwFlags = show ? 0 : AW_HIDE; | |
eed04c99 | 801 | |
376d7d97 VZ |
802 | switch ( effect ) |
803 | { | |
eed04c99 VS |
804 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_LEFT: |
805 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_NEGATIVE; | |
806 | break; | |
807 | ||
808 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_RIGHT: | |
809 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_POSITIVE; | |
810 | break; | |
811 | ||
812 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_TOP: | |
813 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_NEGATIVE; | |
814 | break; | |
815 | ||
816 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_BOTTOM: | |
817 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_POSITIVE; | |
818 | break; | |
819 | ||
820 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_LEFT: | |
821 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_HOR_NEGATIVE; | |
822 | break; | |
823 | ||
824 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_RIGHT: | |
825 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_HOR_POSITIVE; | |
826 | break; | |
827 | ||
828 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_TOP: | |
829 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_VER_NEGATIVE; | |
376d7d97 VZ |
830 | break; |
831 | ||
eed04c99 VS |
832 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_BOTTOM: |
833 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_VER_POSITIVE; | |
376d7d97 VZ |
834 | break; |
835 | ||
836 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_BLEND: | |
837 | dwFlags |= AW_BLEND; | |
838 | break; | |
839 | ||
840 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_EXPAND: | |
841 | dwFlags |= AW_CENTER; | |
842 | break; | |
843 | ||
844 | ||
845 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX: | |
9a83f860 | 846 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid window show effect") ); |
376d7d97 VZ |
847 | return false; |
848 | ||
849 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 850 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown window show effect") ); |
376d7d97 VZ |
851 | return false; |
852 | } | |
853 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
854 | if ( !(*s_pfnAnimateWindow)(GetHwnd(), timeout, dwFlags) ) |
855 | { | |
9a83f860 | 856 | wxLogLastError(wxT("AnimateWindow")); |
376d7d97 VZ |
857 | |
858 | return false; | |
859 | } | |
860 | ||
861 | return true; | |
862 | } | |
863 | ||
42e69d6b | 864 | // Raise the window to the top of the Z order |
1e6feb95 | 865 | void wxWindowMSW::Raise() |
42e69d6b | 866 | { |
c48926e1 | 867 | wxBringWindowToTop(GetHwnd()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
868 | } |
869 | ||
870 | // Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order | |
1e6feb95 | 871 | void wxWindowMSW::Lower() |
42e69d6b VZ |
872 | { |
873 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
874 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
875 | } | |
876 | ||
94633ad9 | 877 | void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 878 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 879 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1e6feb95 | 880 | if ( hWnd ) |
2d0a075d | 881 | { |
1e6feb95 | 882 | ::SetCapture(hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 883 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
884 | } |
885 | ||
94633ad9 | 886 | void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 887 | { |
1e6feb95 | 888 | if ( !::ReleaseCapture() ) |
2d0a075d | 889 | { |
9a83f860 | 890 | wxLogLastError(wxT("ReleaseCapture")); |
2d0a075d | 891 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
892 | } |
893 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
894 | /* static */ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture() |
895 | { | |
896 | HWND hwnd = ::GetCapture(); | |
dca0f651 | 897 | return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd) : NULL; |
1e6feb95 VZ |
898 | } |
899 | ||
900 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font) | |
2bda0e17 | 901 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
902 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) ) |
903 | { | |
904 | // nothing to do | |
08158721 | 905 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 906 | } |
195896c7 | 907 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
908 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
909 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
910 | { | |
d8df8893 VZ |
911 | // note the use of GetFont() instead of m_font: our own font could have |
912 | // just been reset and in this case we need to change the font used by | |
913 | // the native window to the default for this class, i.e. exactly what | |
914 | // GetFont() returns | |
915 | WXHANDLE hFont = GetFont().GetResourceHandle(); | |
2bda0e17 | 916 | |
223d09f6 | 917 | wxASSERT_MSG( hFont, wxT("should have valid font") ); |
3a19e16d | 918 | |
c50f1fb9 | 919 | ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0)); |
42e69d6b | 920 | } |
2bda0e17 | 921 | |
08158721 | 922 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 923 | } |
1e6feb95 | 924 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) |
2bda0e17 | 925 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
926 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) ) |
927 | { | |
928 | // no change | |
08158721 | 929 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
930 | } |
931 | ||
8e75dca8 VZ |
932 | // don't "overwrite" busy cursor |
933 | if ( m_cursor.Ok() && !wxIsBusy() ) | |
8a9c2246 | 934 | { |
a8b2285e VZ |
935 | // normally we should change the cursor only if it's over this window |
936 | // but we should do it always if we capture the mouse currently | |
937 | bool set = HasCapture(); | |
938 | if ( !set ) | |
939 | { | |
940 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
941 | ||
942 | POINT point; | |
943 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
944 | ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&point); | |
945 | #else | |
946 | ::GetCursorPos(&point); | |
947 | #endif | |
948 | ||
949 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(hWnd); | |
950 | ||
951 | set = ::PtInRect(&rect, point) != 0; | |
952 | } | |
953 | ||
954 | if ( set ) | |
955 | { | |
956 | ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor)); | |
957 | } | |
958 | //else: will be set later when the mouse enters this window | |
8a9c2246 | 959 | } |
3a19e16d | 960 | |
08158721 | 961 | return true; |
3a19e16d VZ |
962 | } |
963 | ||
d7e0024b | 964 | void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer(int x, int y) |
2bda0e17 | 965 | { |
1e6feb95 | 966 | ClientToScreen(&x, &y); |
42e69d6b | 967 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
968 | if ( !::SetCursorPos(x, y) ) |
969 | { | |
9a83f860 | 970 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetCursorPos")); |
1e6feb95 | 971 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
972 | } |
973 | ||
1ca78aa1 | 974 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state) |
d7e0024b | 975 | { |
1ca78aa1 | 976 | // WM_CHANGEUISTATE only appeared in Windows 2000 so it can do us no good |
d7e0024b VZ |
977 | // to use it on older systems -- and could possibly do some harm |
978 | static int s_needToUpdate = -1; | |
979 | if ( s_needToUpdate == -1 ) | |
980 | { | |
981 | int verMaj, verMin; | |
406d283a | 982 | s_needToUpdate = wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) == wxOS_WINDOWS_NT && |
d7e0024b VZ |
983 | verMaj >= 5; |
984 | } | |
985 | ||
986 | if ( s_needToUpdate ) | |
987 | { | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
988 | // we send WM_CHANGEUISTATE so if nothing needs changing then the system |
989 | // won't send WM_UPDATEUISTATE | |
990 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(action, state), 0); | |
d7e0024b VZ |
991 | } |
992 | } | |
993 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
994 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
995 | // scrolling stuff | |
996 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 997 | |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
998 | namespace |
999 | { | |
1000 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1001 | inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient) |
1002 | { | |
1003 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
1004 | return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient); | |
1005 | #else | |
f676b387 | 1006 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
4676948b | 1007 | scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO); |
7f0586ef | 1008 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_POS; |
e795e8b5 | 1009 | ::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, wOrient, &scrollInfo ); |
a71d815b | 1010 | |
7f0586ef | 1011 | return scrollInfo.nPos; |
e795e8b5 | 1012 | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1013 | #endif |
1014 | } | |
1015 | ||
1ddb6d28 VZ |
1016 | inline UINT WXOrientToSB(int orient) |
1017 | { | |
1018 | return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT; | |
1019 | } | |
1020 | ||
1021 | } // anonymous namespace | |
1022 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1023 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 1024 | { |
42e69d6b | 1025 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9a83f860 | 1026 | wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, wxT("no HWND in GetScrollPos") ); |
9cd6d737 | 1027 | |
1ddb6d28 | 1028 | return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient)); |
42e69d6b | 1029 | } |
2bda0e17 | 1030 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1031 | // This now returns the whole range, not just the number |
1032 | // of positions that we can scroll. | |
1e6feb95 | 1033 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const |
42e69d6b | 1034 | { |
7f0586ef | 1035 | int maxPos; |
a23fd0e1 | 1036 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
0cf5de11 | 1037 | if ( !hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 1038 | return 0; |
f676b387 | 1039 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
7f0586ef | 1040 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_RANGE; |
1ddb6d28 | 1041 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &scrollInfo) ) |
7f0586ef | 1042 | { |
f676b387 RD |
1043 | // Most of the time this is not really an error, since the return |
1044 | // value can also be zero when there is no scrollbar yet. | |
9a83f860 | 1045 | // wxLogLastError(wxT("GetScrollInfo")); |
7f0586ef JS |
1046 | } |
1047 | maxPos = scrollInfo.nMax; | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1048 | |
1049 | // undo "range - 1" done in SetScrollbar() | |
1050 | return maxPos + 1; | |
cc2b7472 | 1051 | } |
2bda0e17 | 1052 | |
1e6feb95 | 1053 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 1054 | { |
0cf5de11 | 1055 | return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_xThumbSize : m_yThumbSize; |
2bda0e17 KB |
1056 | } |
1057 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1058 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh) |
2bda0e17 | 1059 | { |
5f3286d1 | 1060 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9a83f860 | 1061 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, wxT("SetScrollPos: no HWND") ); |
72fd19a1 | 1062 | |
0cf5de11 | 1063 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; |
42e69d6b VZ |
1064 | info.nPage = 0; |
1065 | info.nMin = 0; | |
1066 | info.nPos = pos; | |
1067 | info.fMask = SIF_POS; | |
a647d42a VZ |
1068 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) ) |
1069 | { | |
1070 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
1071 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
1072 | } | |
2d0a075d | 1073 | |
1ddb6d28 | 1074 | ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &info, refresh); |
2bda0e17 KB |
1075 | } |
1076 | ||
42e69d6b | 1077 | // New function that will replace some of the above. |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1078 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient, |
1079 | int pos, | |
1080 | int pageSize, | |
1081 | int range, | |
1082 | bool refresh) | |
1083 | { | |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
1084 | // We have to set the variables here to make them valid in events |
1085 | // triggered by ::SetScrollInfo() | |
1086 | *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize; | |
1087 | ||
1088 | HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); | |
1089 | if ( !hwnd ) | |
1090 | return; | |
1091 | ||
0cf5de11 | 1092 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
1093 | if ( range != -1 ) |
1094 | { | |
1095 | info.nPage = pageSize; | |
1096 | info.nMin = 0; // range is nMax - nMin + 1 | |
1097 | info.nMax = range - 1; // as both nMax and nMax are inclusive | |
1098 | info.nPos = pos; | |
1099 | ||
f074df34 VZ |
1100 | // We normally also reenable scrollbar in case it had been previously |
1101 | // disabled by specifying SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL below but we should only | |
1102 | // do this if it has valid range, otherwise it would be enabled but not | |
1103 | // do anything. | |
1104 | if ( range >= pageSize ) | |
1105 | { | |
1106 | ::EnableScrollBar(hwnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), ESB_ENABLE_BOTH); | |
1107 | } | |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
1108 | } |
1109 | //else: leave all the fields to be 0 | |
1110 | ||
42e69d6b | 1111 | info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; |
1ddb6d28 | 1112 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) || range == -1 ) |
a647d42a VZ |
1113 | { |
1114 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
1115 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
1116 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 1117 | |
1ddb6d28 | 1118 | ::SetScrollInfo(hwnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &info, refresh); |
81d66cf3 JS |
1119 | } |
1120 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1121 | void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect) |
2bda0e17 | 1122 | { |
574c939e KB |
1123 | RECT rect; |
1124 | RECT *pr; | |
1e6feb95 | 1125 | if ( prect ) |
2d0a075d | 1126 | { |
f9c980f6 | 1127 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*prect, rect); |
f797e53d VZ |
1128 | pr = ▭ |
1129 | } | |
1130 | else | |
1131 | { | |
1132 | pr = NULL; | |
304b8bc1 | 1133 | |
2d0a075d | 1134 | } |
2bda0e17 | 1135 | |
7f0586ef JS |
1136 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1137 | // FIXME: is this the exact equivalent of the line below? | |
304b8bc1 | 1138 | ::ScrollWindowEx(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr, 0, 0, SW_SCROLLCHILDREN|SW_ERASE|SW_INVALIDATE); |
7f0586ef | 1139 | #else |
f797e53d | 1140 | ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr); |
7f0586ef | 1141 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
1142 | } |
1143 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1144 | static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count) |
b9b3393e | 1145 | { |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1146 | int posStart = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); |
1147 | ||
1148 | int pos = posStart; | |
c0cdd6cc VZ |
1149 | for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
1150 | { | |
1151 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, kind, 0); | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1152 | |
1153 | int posNew = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); | |
1154 | if ( posNew == pos ) | |
1155 | { | |
1156 | // don't bother to continue, we're already at top/bottom | |
1157 | break; | |
1158 | } | |
1159 | ||
1160 | pos = posNew; | |
c0cdd6cc | 1161 | } |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1162 | |
1163 | return pos != posStart; | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1164 | } |
1165 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1166 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollLines(int lines) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1167 | { |
1168 | bool down = lines > 0; | |
1169 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1170 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1171 | down ? SB_LINEDOWN : SB_LINEUP, | |
1172 | down ? lines : -lines); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1173 | } |
1174 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1175 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1176 | { |
1177 | bool down = pages > 0; | |
1178 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1179 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1180 | down ? SB_PAGEDOWN : SB_PAGEUP, | |
1181 | down ? pages : -pages); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1182 | } |
1183 | ||
978af864 VZ |
1184 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1185 | // RTL support | |
1186 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1187 | ||
1188 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir) | |
1189 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1190 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1191 | wxUnusedVar(dir); | |
1192 | #else | |
d66d0500 | 1193 | wxCHECK_RET( GetHwnd(), |
9a83f860 | 1194 | wxT("layout direction must be set after window creation") ); |
978af864 | 1195 | |
d66d0500 | 1196 | LONG styleOld = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
978af864 VZ |
1197 | |
1198 | LONG styleNew = styleOld; | |
1199 | switch ( dir ) | |
1200 | { | |
1201 | case wxLayout_LeftToRight: | |
1202 | styleNew &= ~WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1203 | break; | |
1204 | ||
1205 | case wxLayout_RightToLeft: | |
1206 | styleNew |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1207 | break; | |
1208 | ||
1209 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 1210 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported layout direction")); |
978af864 VZ |
1211 | break; |
1212 | } | |
1213 | ||
1214 | if ( styleNew != styleOld ) | |
1215 | { | |
d66d0500 | 1216 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, styleNew); |
978af864 | 1217 | } |
08a58133 | 1218 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1219 | } |
1220 | ||
1221 | wxLayoutDirection wxWindowMSW::GetLayoutDirection() const | |
1222 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1223 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1224 | return wxLayout_Default; | |
1225 | #else | |
9a83f860 | 1226 | wxCHECK_MSG( GetHwnd(), wxLayout_Default, wxT("invalid window") ); |
978af864 | 1227 | |
d66d0500 VZ |
1228 | return wxHasWindowExStyle(this, WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) ? wxLayout_RightToLeft |
1229 | : wxLayout_LeftToRight; | |
08a58133 | 1230 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1231 | } |
1232 | ||
1233 | wxCoord | |
1234 | wxWindowMSW::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x, | |
1235 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(width), | |
1236 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(widthTotal)) const | |
1237 | { | |
1238 | // Win32 mirrors the coordinates of RTL windows automatically, so don't | |
1239 | // redo it ourselves | |
1240 | return x; | |
1241 | } | |
1242 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1243 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1244 | // subclassing | |
1245 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1246 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1247 | void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd) |
2bda0e17 | 1248 | { |
223d09f6 | 1249 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") ); |
2bda0e17 | 1250 | |
c50f1fb9 | 1251 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; |
223d09f6 | 1252 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 | 1253 | |
e322e3b6 VZ |
1254 | SetHWND(hWnd); |
1255 | ||
c50f1fb9 | 1256 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this); |
2bda0e17 | 1257 | |
975b6bcf | 1258 | m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)wxGetWindowProc((HWND)hWnd); |
b2d5a7ee | 1259 | |
b225f659 VZ |
1260 | // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows |
1261 | // sense of the word) | |
3a3c8603 | 1262 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1263 | { |
975b6bcf | 1264 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, wxWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1265 | } |
1266 | else | |
1267 | { | |
90e572f1 | 1268 | // don't bother restoring it either: this also makes it easy to |
08158721 | 1269 | // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns true for the |
77ffb593 | 1270 | // standard controls and false for the wxWidgets own windows as it can |
5a403e3f | 1271 | // simply check m_oldWndProc |
b225f659 VZ |
1272 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
1273 | } | |
e7c652bc VZ |
1274 | |
1275 | // we're officially created now, send the event | |
1276 | wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this); | |
937013e0 | 1277 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
1278 | } |
1279 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1280 | void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin() |
2bda0e17 | 1281 | { |
42e69d6b | 1282 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); |
2bda0e17 | 1283 | |
42e69d6b | 1284 | // Restore old Window proc |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
1285 | HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1286 | if ( hwnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 1287 | { |
ed4780ea | 1288 | SetHWND(0); |
c50f1fb9 | 1289 | |
223d09f6 | 1290 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 | 1291 | |
b225f659 | 1292 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) |
42e69d6b | 1293 | { |
eb5e4d9a | 1294 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1295 | { |
975b6bcf | 1296 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, (WNDPROC)m_oldWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1297 | } |
1298 | ||
1299 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 1300 | } |
42e69d6b | 1301 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
1302 | } |
1303 | ||
a4d1972d | 1304 | void wxWindowMSW::AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle) |
ed4780ea VZ |
1305 | { |
1306 | if ( m_hWnd ) | |
1307 | { | |
1308 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
43b2d5e7 | 1309 | { |
ed4780ea | 1310 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); |
43b2d5e7 | 1311 | } |
ed4780ea | 1312 | } |
a4d1972d | 1313 | |
ed4780ea VZ |
1314 | WXHWND wxhwnd = (WXHWND)handle; |
1315 | ||
e322e3b6 | 1316 | // this also calls SetHWND(wxhwnd) |
ed4780ea VZ |
1317 | SubclassWin(wxhwnd); |
1318 | } | |
1319 | ||
1320 | void wxWindowMSW::DissociateHandle() | |
a4d1972d | 1321 | { |
ed4780ea | 1322 | // this also calls SetHWND(0) for us |
a4d1972d | 1323 | UnsubclassWin(); |
ed4780ea VZ |
1324 | } |
1325 | ||
1326 | ||
0c0d1521 | 1327 | bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, |
11f104e5 | 1328 | WXFARPROC WXUNUSED(wndProc)) |
eb5e4d9a | 1329 | { |
d9698bd4 VZ |
1330 | const wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd)); |
1331 | ||
1332 | // TODO: get rid of wxTLWHiddenParent special case (currently it's not | |
1333 | // registered by wxApp but using ad hoc code in msw/toplevel.cpp); | |
1334 | // there is also a hidden window class used by sockets &c | |
9a83f860 | 1335 | return wxApp::IsRegisteredClassName(str) || str == wxT("wxTLWHiddenParent"); |
eb5e4d9a VS |
1336 | } |
1337 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1338 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1339 | // Style handling | |
1340 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1341 | ||
1342 | void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags) | |
1343 | { | |
1344 | long flagsOld = GetWindowStyleFlag(); | |
1345 | if ( flags == flagsOld ) | |
1346 | return; | |
1347 | ||
1348 | // update the internal variable | |
1349 | wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags); | |
1350 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1351 | // and the real window flags |
1352 | MSWUpdateStyle(flagsOld, GetExtraStyle()); | |
1353 | } | |
1354 | ||
1355 | void wxWindowMSW::SetExtraStyle(long exflags) | |
1356 | { | |
1357 | long exflagsOld = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1358 | if ( exflags == exflagsOld ) | |
1359 | return; | |
1360 | ||
1361 | // update the internal variable | |
1362 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflags); | |
1363 | ||
1364 | // and the real window flags | |
1365 | MSWUpdateStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), exflagsOld); | |
1366 | } | |
1367 | ||
1368 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld) | |
1369 | { | |
5b2f31eb VZ |
1370 | // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had |
1371 | // been already created | |
1372 | if ( !GetHwnd() ) | |
1373 | return; | |
1374 | ||
9ce75461 VZ |
1375 | // we may need to call SetWindowPos() when we change some styles |
1376 | bool callSWP = false; | |
1377 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1378 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
1379 | long style = MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), &exstyle); | |
1380 | ||
1381 | // this is quite a horrible hack but we need it because MSWGetStyle() | |
1382 | // doesn't take exflags as parameter but uses GetExtraStyle() internally | |
1383 | // and so we have to modify the window exflags temporarily to get the | |
1384 | // correct exstyleOld | |
1385 | long exflagsNew = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1386 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsOld); | |
1387 | ||
1388 | WXDWORD exstyleOld; | |
1389 | long styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld); | |
1390 | ||
1391 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsNew); | |
1392 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1393 | |
1394 | if ( style != styleOld ) | |
1395 | { | |
1396 | // some flags (e.g. WS_VISIBLE or WS_DISABLED) should not be changed by | |
1397 | // this function so instead of simply setting the style to the new | |
1398 | // value we clear the bits which were set in styleOld but are set in | |
1399 | // the new one and set the ones which were not set before | |
1400 | long styleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE); | |
1401 | styleReal &= ~styleOld; | |
1402 | styleReal |= style; | |
1403 | ||
1404 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal); | |
9ce75461 | 1405 | |
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1406 | // we need to call SetWindowPos() if any of the styles affecting the |
1407 | // frame appearance have changed | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1408 | callSWP = ((styleOld ^ style ) & (WS_BORDER | |
1409 | WS_THICKFRAME | | |
1410 | WS_CAPTION | | |
1411 | WS_DLGFRAME | | |
1412 | WS_MAXIMIZEBOX | | |
1413 | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | | |
1414 | WS_SYSMENU) ) != 0; | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1415 | } |
1416 | ||
1417 | // and the extended style | |
d66d0500 | 1418 | long exstyleReal = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
9ce75461 | 1419 | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1420 | if ( exstyle != exstyleOld ) |
1421 | { | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1422 | exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld; |
1423 | exstyleReal |= exstyle; | |
1424 | ||
d66d0500 | 1425 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, exstyleReal); |
b2d5a7ee | 1426 | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1427 | // ex style changes don't take effect without calling SetWindowPos |
1428 | callSWP = true; | |
1429 | } | |
1430 | ||
1431 | if ( callSWP ) | |
1432 | { | |
85d8df29 | 1433 | // we must call SetWindowPos() to flush the cached extended style and |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1434 | // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just |
1435 | // setting the style simply doesn't work | |
1436 | if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), | |
1437 | exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST | |
1438 | : HWND_NOTOPMOST, | |
1439 | 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
58331be2 VZ |
1440 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE | |
1441 | SWP_FRAMECHANGED) ) | |
b2d5a7ee | 1442 | { |
9a83f860 | 1443 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowPos")); |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1444 | } |
1445 | } | |
1446 | } | |
1447 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
1448 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorderForControl() const |
1449 | { | |
28319afe | 1450 | return wxBORDER_THEME; |
a047aff2 JS |
1451 | } |
1452 | ||
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1453 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorder() const |
1454 | { | |
dc797d8e | 1455 | return wxWindowBase::GetDefaultBorder(); |
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1456 | } |
1457 | ||
28bf925c | 1458 | // Translate wxBORDER_THEME (and other border styles if necessary) to the value |
dc797d8e JS |
1459 | // that makes most sense for this Windows environment |
1460 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::TranslateBorder(wxBorder border) const | |
1461 | { | |
1462 | #if defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__) | |
1463 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME || border == wxBORDER_SUNKEN || border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
1464 | return wxBORDER_SIMPLE; | |
1465 | else | |
1466 | return wxBORDER_NONE; | |
1467 | #else | |
1468 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
1469 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
1470 | { | |
1471 | if (CanApplyThemeBorder()) | |
1472 | { | |
1473 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
1474 | if (theme) | |
1475 | return wxBORDER_THEME; | |
1476 | } | |
28bf925c | 1477 | return wxBORDER_SUNKEN; |
dc797d8e JS |
1478 | } |
1479 | #endif | |
1480 | return border; | |
1481 | #endif | |
dc797d8e JS |
1482 | } |
1483 | ||
1484 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1485 | WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const |
1486 | { | |
77ffb593 | 1487 | // translate common wxWidgets styles to Windows ones |
af495479 VZ |
1488 | |
1489 | // most of windows are child ones, those which are not (such as | |
1490 | // wxTopLevelWindow) should remove WS_CHILD in their MSWGetStyle() | |
1491 | WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1492 | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1493 | // using this flag results in very significant reduction in flicker, |
1494 | // especially with controls inside the static boxes (as the interior of the | |
90e572f1 | 1495 | // box is not redrawn twice), but sometimes results in redraw problems, so |
c7e1d004 VZ |
1496 | // optionally allow the old code to continue to use it provided a special |
1497 | // system option is turned on | |
1498 | if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("msw.window.no-clip-children")) | |
1499 | || (flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN) ) | |
c6430ed0 | 1500 | style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN; |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1501 | |
1502 | // it doesn't seem useful to use WS_CLIPSIBLINGS here as we officially | |
1503 | // don't support overlapping windows and it only makes sense for them and, | |
1504 | // presumably, gives the system some extra work (to manage more clipping | |
1505 | // regions), so avoid it alltogether | |
b2d5a7ee | 1506 | |
b2d5a7ee | 1507 | |
f9007c32 JS |
1508 | if ( flags & wxVSCROLL ) |
1509 | style |= WS_VSCROLL; | |
1510 | ||
1511 | if ( flags & wxHSCROLL ) | |
1512 | style |= WS_HSCROLL; | |
1513 | ||
dc797d8e JS |
1514 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder(flags)); |
1515 | ||
1516 | // After translation, border is now optimized for the specific version of Windows | |
1517 | // and theme engine presence. | |
577baeef | 1518 | |
65bc172c VZ |
1519 | // WS_BORDER is only required for wxBORDER_SIMPLE |
1520 | if ( border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE ) | |
b2d5a7ee | 1521 | style |= WS_BORDER; |
577baeef | 1522 | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1523 | // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it |
1524 | if ( exstyle ) | |
1525 | { | |
1526 | *exstyle = 0; | |
1527 | ||
7f0586ef | 1528 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1529 | if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW ) |
1530 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT; | |
7f0586ef | 1531 | #endif |
b2d5a7ee | 1532 | |
fe3d9123 | 1533 | switch ( border ) |
b2d5a7ee | 1534 | { |
78cd9c69 JS |
1535 | default: |
1536 | case wxBORDER_DEFAULT: | |
9a83f860 | 1537 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown border style") ); |
78cd9c69 | 1538 | // fall through |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1539 | |
1540 | case wxBORDER_NONE: | |
1541 | case wxBORDER_SIMPLE: | |
78cd9c69 | 1542 | case wxBORDER_THEME: |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1543 | break; |
1544 | ||
1545 | case wxBORDER_STATIC: | |
1546 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE; | |
1547 | break; | |
1548 | ||
1549 | case wxBORDER_RAISED: | |
7699361c | 1550 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1551 | break; |
1552 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1553 | case wxBORDER_SUNKEN: |
1554 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE; | |
fe3d9123 | 1555 | style &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1556 | break; |
1557 | ||
78cd9c69 JS |
1558 | // case wxBORDER_DOUBLE: |
1559 | // *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; | |
1560 | // break; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1561 | } |
d515c32d | 1562 | |
09168de7 | 1563 | // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all |
7f0586ef | 1564 | #if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5b9c12e1 | 1565 | // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must |
09168de7 VZ |
1566 | // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it) |
1567 | if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
d515c32d VZ |
1568 | { |
1569 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT; | |
1570 | } | |
09168de7 | 1571 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1572 | } |
1573 | ||
1574 | return style; | |
1575 | } | |
eb5e4d9a | 1576 | |
42e69d6b | 1577 | // Setup background and foreground colours correctly |
1e6feb95 | 1578 | void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours() |
42e69d6b VZ |
1579 | { |
1580 | if ( GetParent() ) | |
1581 | SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1582 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1583 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1584 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const |
1585 | { | |
1586 | // get the mouse position | |
1587 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
1588 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1589 | ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
1590 | #else | |
1e6feb95 | 1591 | ::GetCursorPos(&pt); |
f2325516 | 1592 | #endif |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1593 | |
1594 | // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window | |
1595 | // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it | |
1596 | HWND hwnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt); | |
1597 | while ( hwnd && (hwnd != GetHwnd()) ) | |
1598 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); | |
1599 | ||
1600 | return hwnd != NULL; | |
1601 | } | |
1602 | ||
e39af974 | 1603 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle() |
42e69d6b | 1604 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 1605 | #ifndef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
1606 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event |
1607 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2d0a075d | 1608 | { |
ee74faf9 VZ |
1609 | // note that we should generate the leave event whether the window has |
1610 | // or doesn't have mouse capture | |
1611 | if ( !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
42e69d6b | 1612 | { |
51e4e266 | 1613 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
1614 | } |
1615 | } | |
4e5c6c33 | 1616 | #endif // !HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
c085e333 | 1617 | |
df707c27 | 1618 | if (wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(this) && IsShownOnScreen()) |
e39af974 | 1619 | UpdateWindowUI(wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE); |
42e69d6b | 1620 | } |
568cb543 | 1621 | |
42e69d6b | 1622 | // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'. |
1e6feb95 | 1623 | bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1624 | { |
1625 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) ) | |
08158721 | 1626 | return false; |
c085e333 | 1627 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1628 | HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd(); |
1629 | HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0; | |
a23fd0e1 | 1630 | |
42e69d6b | 1631 | ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent); |
a23fd0e1 | 1632 | |
ee471817 | 1633 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
d66d0500 | 1634 | if ( wxHasWindowExStyle(this, WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
ee471817 VZ |
1635 | { |
1636 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); | |
1637 | } | |
1638 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
1639 | ||
08158721 | 1640 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 1641 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1642 | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1643 | static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on) |
1644 | { | |
c67d6888 | 1645 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
a0e449ff | 1646 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)on, 0); |
c67d6888 | 1647 | #endif |
a0e449ff VZ |
1648 | } |
1649 | ||
17808a75 | 1650 | void wxWindowMSW::DoFreeze() |
a0e449ff | 1651 | { |
89267fe5 VS |
1652 | if ( !IsShown() ) |
1653 | return; // no point in freezing hidden window | |
1654 | ||
1655 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false); | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1656 | } |
1657 | ||
17808a75 | 1658 | void wxWindowMSW::DoThaw() |
a0e449ff | 1659 | { |
89267fe5 VS |
1660 | if ( !IsShown() ) |
1661 | return; // hidden windows aren't frozen by DoFreeze | |
a1037371 | 1662 | |
89267fe5 VS |
1663 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true); |
1664 | ||
1665 | // we need to refresh everything or otherwise the invalidated area | |
1666 | // is not going to be repainted | |
1667 | Refresh(); | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1668 | } |
1669 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1670 | void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1671 | { |
1672 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
1673 | if ( hWnd ) | |
1674 | { | |
d181e053 VZ |
1675 | RECT mswRect; |
1676 | const RECT *pRect; | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1677 | if ( rect ) |
1678 | { | |
f9c980f6 | 1679 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*rect, mswRect); |
d181e053 | 1680 | pRect = &mswRect; |
42e69d6b VZ |
1681 | } |
1682 | else | |
d181e053 VZ |
1683 | { |
1684 | pRect = NULL; | |
1685 | } | |
1686 | ||
82e3664e | 1687 | // RedrawWindow not available on SmartPhone or eVC++ 3 |
41527143 | 1688 | #if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !(defined(_WIN32_WCE) && _WIN32_WCE < 400) |
d181e053 VZ |
1689 | UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN; |
1690 | if ( eraseBack ) | |
1691 | flags |= RDW_ERASE; | |
1692 | ||
1693 | ::RedrawWindow(hWnd, pRect, NULL, flags); | |
480e9098 | 1694 | #else |
16d652a5 | 1695 | ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, pRect, eraseBack); |
480e9098 | 1696 | #endif |
42e69d6b VZ |
1697 | } |
1698 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1699 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1700 | void wxWindowMSW::Update() |
1701 | { | |
1702 | if ( !::UpdateWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
1703 | { | |
9a83f860 | 1704 | wxLogLastError(wxT("UpdateWindow")); |
1e6feb95 | 1705 | } |
2b5f62a0 | 1706 | |
7f0586ef | 1707 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1708 | // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT |
1709 | // handler needs to be really drawn right now | |
1710 | (void)::GdiFlush(); | |
1711 | #endif // __WIN32__ | |
1712 | } | |
1713 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1714 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1715 | // drag and drop | |
1716 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 1717 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1718 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP || !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1719 | ||
1720 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1721 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1722 | // we need to lower the sibling static boxes so controls contained within can be |
1723 | // a drop target | |
3febc967 | 1724 | static void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow *parent) |
006b8dff | 1725 | { |
deb0d191 JG |
1726 | // no sibling static boxes if we have no parent (ie TLW) |
1727 | if ( !parent ) | |
1728 | return; | |
1729 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1730 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
1731 | node; | |
1732 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
1733 | { | |
1734 | wxStaticBox *statbox = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxStaticBox); | |
1735 | if ( statbox ) | |
1736 | { | |
1737 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwndOf(statbox), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
1738 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
1739 | } | |
1740 | } | |
1741 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1742 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1743 | #else // !wxUSE_STATBOX |
1744 | ||
1745 | static inline void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) | |
1746 | { | |
1747 | } | |
1748 | ||
1749 | #endif // wxUSE_STATBOX/!wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1750 | ||
1751 | #endif // drag and drop is used | |
1752 | ||
4ce1efe1 | 1753 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
1e6feb95 | 1754 | void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1755 | { |
1756 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) { | |
1757 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); | |
1758 | delete m_dropTarget; | |
1759 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1760 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1761 | m_dropTarget = pDropTarget; |
1762 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1763 | { |
1764 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1765 | m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd); |
006b8dff | 1766 | } |
42e69d6b | 1767 | } |
42e69d6b | 1768 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2a47d3c1 | 1769 | |
90e572f1 | 1770 | // old-style file manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style |
42e69d6b | 1771 | // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget. |
0c0d1521 | 1772 | void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(accept)) |
42e69d6b | 1773 | { |
0c0d1521 | 1774 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
1775 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1776 | if ( hWnd ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1777 | { |
1778 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1779 | ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept); |
006b8dff | 1780 | } |
7f0586ef | 1781 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 1782 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1783 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1784 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1785 | // tooltips | |
1786 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
dbda9e86 | 1787 | |
42e69d6b | 1788 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2d0a075d | 1789 | |
1e6feb95 | 1790 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1791 | { |
1792 | wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip); | |
839b865d | 1793 | |
42e69d6b | 1794 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
d4e5272b | 1795 | m_tooltip->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); |
42e69d6b | 1796 | } |
9a05fd8d | 1797 | |
42e69d6b | 1798 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
9a05fd8d | 1799 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1800 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1801 | // moving and resizing | |
1802 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
839b865d | 1803 | |
f7040b5f VZ |
1804 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsSizeDeferred() const |
1805 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1806 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
f7040b5f VZ |
1807 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition || |
1808 | m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1809 | return true; | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1810 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
f7040b5f VZ |
1811 | |
1812 | return false; | |
1813 | } | |
1814 | ||
42e69d6b | 1815 | // Get total size |
1e6feb95 | 1816 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b | 1817 | { |
6bd9b9f2 | 1818 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1819 | // if SetSize() had been called at wx level but not realized at Windows |
1820 | // level yet (i.e. EndDeferWindowPos() not called), we still should return | |
1821 | // the new and not the old position to the other wx code | |
1822 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1823 | { | |
1824 | if ( x ) | |
1825 | *x = m_pendingSize.x; | |
1826 | if ( y ) | |
1827 | *y = m_pendingSize.y; | |
1828 | } | |
1829 | else // use current size | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1830 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1831 | { |
1832 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
82c9f85c | 1833 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1834 | if ( x ) |
1835 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1836 | if ( y ) | |
1837 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
1838 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1839 | } |
1840 | ||
82c9f85c VZ |
1841 | // Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc. |
1842 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const | |
42e69d6b | 1843 | { |
6bd9b9f2 | 1844 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
0d6fdb3c | 1845 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) |
0d7f75df | 1846 | { |
0d6fdb3c | 1847 | // we need to calculate the client size corresponding to pending size |
e259ce57 VZ |
1848 | // |
1849 | // FIXME: Unfortunately this doesn't work correctly for the maximized | |
1850 | // top level windows, the returned values are too small (e.g. | |
1851 | // under Windows 7 on a 1600*1200 screen with task bar on the | |
1852 | // right the pending size for a maximized window is 1538*1200 | |
1853 | // and WM_NCCALCSIZE returns 1528*1172 even though the correct | |
1854 | // client size of such window is 1538*1182). No idea how to fix | |
1855 | // it though, setting WS_MAXIMIZE in GWL_STYLE before calling | |
1856 | // WM_NCCALCSIZE doesn't help and AdjustWindowRectEx() doesn't | |
1857 | // work in this direction neither. So we just have to live with | |
1858 | // the slightly wrong results and relayout the window when it | |
1859 | // gets finally shown in its maximized state (see #11762). | |
dc497201 JG |
1860 | RECT rect; |
1861 | rect.left = m_pendingPosition.x; | |
1862 | rect.top = m_pendingPosition.y; | |
1863 | rect.right = rect.left + m_pendingSize.x; | |
1864 | rect.bottom = rect.top + m_pendingSize.y; | |
1865 | ||
1866 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_NCCALCSIZE, FALSE, (LPARAM)&rect); | |
1867 | ||
1868 | if ( x ) | |
1869 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1870 | if ( y ) | |
1871 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
0d7f75df | 1872 | } |
0d6fdb3c | 1873 | else |
6bd9b9f2 | 1874 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
0d6fdb3c VZ |
1875 | { |
1876 | RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd()); | |
1877 | ||
1878 | if ( x ) | |
1879 | *x = rect.right; | |
1880 | if ( y ) | |
1881 | *y = rect.bottom; | |
1882 | } | |
82c9f85c VZ |
1883 | } |
1884 | ||
1885 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const | |
1886 | { | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1887 | wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); |
1888 | ||
1889 | wxPoint pos; | |
9741fd45 | 1890 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1891 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition ) |
1892 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1893 | pos = m_pendingPosition; |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1894 | } |
1895 | else // use current position | |
9741fd45 | 1896 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1897 | { |
1898 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
42e69d6b | 1899 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1900 | POINT point; |
1901 | point.x = rect.left; | |
1902 | point.y = rect.top; | |
42e69d6b | 1903 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1904 | // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real" |
1905 | // children, not for the dialogs/frames | |
1906 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
92049cd4 | 1907 | { |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1908 | if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft ) |
1909 | { | |
967acfb5 | 1910 | // In RTL mode, we want the logical left x-coordinate, |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1911 | // which would be the physical right x-coordinate. |
1912 | point.x = rect.right; | |
1913 | } | |
1914 | ||
11cfa8ef VZ |
1915 | // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a |
1916 | // parent we must subtract its top left corner | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1917 | if ( parent ) |
1918 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1919 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point); |
11cfa8ef | 1920 | } |
89e3037c | 1921 | } |
42e69d6b | 1922 | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1923 | pos.x = point.x; |
1924 | pos.y = point.y; | |
1925 | } | |
1926 | ||
1927 | // we also must adjust by the client area offset: a control which is just | |
1928 | // under a toolbar could be at (0, 30) in Windows but at (0, 0) in wx | |
1929 | if ( parent && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
1930 | { | |
1931 | const wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin()); | |
1932 | pos.x -= pt.x; | |
1933 | pos.y -= pt.y; | |
11cfa8ef | 1934 | } |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1935 | |
1936 | if ( x ) | |
1937 | *x = pos.x; | |
1938 | if ( y ) | |
1939 | *y = pos.y; | |
42e69d6b | 1940 | } |
54bdd8b0 | 1941 | |
1e6feb95 | 1942 | void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1943 | { |
1944 | POINT pt; | |
1945 | if ( x ) | |
1946 | pt.x = *x; | |
1947 | if ( y ) | |
1948 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1949 | |
82c9f85c | 1950 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1951 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1952 | if ( x ) |
1953 | *x = pt.x; | |
1954 | if ( y ) | |
1955 | *y = pt.y; | |
1956 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1957 | |
1e6feb95 | 1958 | void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1959 | { |
1960 | POINT pt; | |
1961 | if ( x ) | |
1962 | pt.x = *x; | |
1963 | if ( y ) | |
1964 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1965 | |
82c9f85c | 1966 | ::ClientToScreen(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1967 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1968 | if ( x ) |
1969 | *x = pt.x; | |
1970 | if ( y ) | |
1971 | *y = pt.y; | |
1972 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1973 | |
86e30911 | 1974 | bool |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1975 | wxWindowMSW::DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height) |
1976 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1977 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1978 | // if our parent had prepared a defer window handle for us, use it (unless |
1979 | // we are a top level window) | |
1980 | wxWindowMSW * const parent = IsTopLevel() ? NULL : GetParent(); | |
1981 | ||
1982 | HDWP hdwp = parent ? (HDWP)parent->m_hDWP : NULL; | |
1983 | if ( hdwp ) | |
1984 | { | |
1985 | hdwp = ::DeferWindowPos(hdwp, (HWND)hwnd, NULL, x, y, width, height, | |
dd28827a | 1986 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1987 | if ( !hdwp ) |
1988 | { | |
9a83f860 | 1989 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DeferWindowPos")); |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1990 | } |
1991 | } | |
1992 | ||
1993 | if ( parent ) | |
1994 | { | |
1995 | // hdwp must be updated as it may have been changed | |
1996 | parent->m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)hdwp; | |
1997 | } | |
1998 | ||
86e30911 VZ |
1999 | if ( hdwp ) |
2000 | { | |
2001 | // did deferred move, remember new coordinates of the window as they're | |
2002 | // different from what Windows would return for it | |
2003 | return true; | |
2004 | } | |
2005 | ||
7d86a2d4 | 2006 | // otherwise (or if deferring failed) move the window in place immediately |
6bd9b9f2 | 2007 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 | 2008 | if ( !::MoveWindow((HWND)hwnd, x, y, width, height, IsShown()) ) |
7d86a2d4 | 2009 | { |
86e30911 | 2010 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow")); |
7d86a2d4 | 2011 | } |
86e30911 | 2012 | |
6bd9b9f2 | 2013 | // if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING, indicates that we didn't use deferred move, |
86e30911 VZ |
2014 | // ignored otherwise |
2015 | return false; | |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
2016 | } |
2017 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2018 | void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) |
b782f2e0 | 2019 | { |
62e1ba75 JS |
2020 | // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms? |
2021 | // Still, negative width or height shouldn't be allowed | |
2022 | if (width < 0) | |
2023 | width = 0; | |
2024 | if (height < 0) | |
2025 | height = 0; | |
9b6ae450 | 2026 | |
86e30911 VZ |
2027 | if ( DoMoveSibling(m_hWnd, x, y, width, height) ) |
2028 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 | 2029 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 VZ |
2030 | m_pendingPosition = wxPoint(x, y); |
2031 | m_pendingSize = wxSize(width, height); | |
f8cba58b VZ |
2032 | } |
2033 | else // window was moved immediately, without deferring it | |
2034 | { | |
2035 | m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; | |
2036 | m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
6bd9b9f2 | 2037 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 | 2038 | } |
b782f2e0 VZ |
2039 | } |
2040 | ||
4438caf4 VZ |
2041 | // set the size of the window: if the dimensions are positive, just use them, |
2042 | // but if any of them is equal to -1, it means that we must find the value for | |
2043 | // it ourselves (unless sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE flag, in | |
2044 | // which case -1 is a valid value for x and y) | |
2045 | // | |
2046 | // If sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT flags (default), we calculate | |
2047 | // the width/height to best suit our contents, otherwise we reuse the current | |
2048 | // width/height | |
1e6feb95 | 2049 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags) |
42e69d6b | 2050 | { |
4438caf4 | 2051 | // get the current size and position... |
42e69d6b | 2052 | int currentX, currentY; |
da78f3b1 RD |
2053 | int currentW, currentH; |
2054 | ||
42e69d6b | 2055 | GetPosition(¤tX, ¤tY); |
42e69d6b | 2056 | GetSize(¤tW, ¤tH); |
a23fd0e1 | 2057 | |
952f2aaa VZ |
2058 | // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok unless |
2059 | // we're forced to resize the window | |
4438caf4 | 2060 | if ( x == currentX && y == currentY && |
952f2aaa VZ |
2061 | width == currentW && height == currentH && |
2062 | !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE) ) | |
4438caf4 | 2063 | { |
e47e063a RR |
2064 | if (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE_EVENT) |
2065 | { | |
2066 | wxSizeEvent event( wxSize(width,height), GetId() ); | |
2067 | event.SetEventObject( this ); | |
2068 | HandleWindowEvent( event ); | |
2069 | } | |
42e69d6b | 2070 | return; |
4438caf4 | 2071 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2072 | |
422d0ff0 | 2073 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 2074 | x = currentX; |
422d0ff0 | 2075 | if ( y == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 2076 | y = currentY; |
a23fd0e1 | 2077 | |
4438caf4 | 2078 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags); |
a23fd0e1 | 2079 | |
abb74e0f | 2080 | wxSize size = wxDefaultSize; |
422d0ff0 | 2081 | if ( width == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2082 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2083 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH ) |
4438caf4 | 2084 | { |
4329eae9 | 2085 | size = GetBestSize(); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2086 | width = size.x; |
2087 | } | |
2088 | else | |
2089 | { | |
2090 | // just take the current one | |
2091 | width = currentW; | |
2092 | } | |
2093 | } | |
2094 | ||
422d0ff0 | 2095 | if ( height == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2096 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2097 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT ) |
4438caf4 | 2098 | { |
422d0ff0 | 2099 | if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2100 | { |
4329eae9 | 2101 | size = GetBestSize(); |
4438caf4 | 2102 | } |
4329eae9 | 2103 | //else: already called GetBestSize() above |
a23fd0e1 | 2104 | |
4438caf4 VZ |
2105 | height = size.y; |
2106 | } | |
2107 | else | |
2108 | { | |
2109 | // just take the current one | |
2110 | height = currentH; | |
2111 | } | |
2112 | } | |
2113 | ||
b782f2e0 | 2114 | DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2115 | } |
2116 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2117 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height) |
42e69d6b | 2118 | { |
90e572f1 | 2119 | // setting the client size is less obvious than it could have been |
d4597e13 | 2120 | // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2121 | // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap (and AdjustWindowRect() |
2122 | // doesn't take neither into account) and so the client size will not be | |
2123 | // correct as the difference between the total and client size changes -- | |
2124 | // so we keep changing it until we get it right | |
d4597e13 | 2125 | // |
d6a97306 VZ |
2126 | // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but |
2127 | // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it | |
2128 | // may become 3 if the window had 0 size originally and so we didn't | |
2129 | // calculate the scrollbar correction correctly during the first iteration) | |
2130 | // but just to be on the safe side we check for it instead of making it an | |
d4597e13 | 2131 | // "infinite" loop (i.e. leaving break inside as the only way to get out) |
d6a97306 | 2132 | for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) |
d4597e13 VZ |
2133 | { |
2134 | RECT rectClient; | |
2135 | ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient); | |
2bda0e17 | 2136 | |
b0268daf | 2137 | // if the size is already ok, stop here (NB: rectClient.left = top = 0) |
422d0ff0 WS |
2138 | if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == wxDefaultCoord) && |
2139 | (rectClient.bottom == height || height == wxDefaultCoord) ) | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2140 | { |
2141 | break; | |
2142 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2143 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2144 | // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all) |
2145 | // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the | |
2146 | // window | |
2147 | RECT rectWin; | |
2148 | ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin); | |
2149 | ||
b0268daf VZ |
2150 | const int widthWin = rectWin.right - rectWin.left, |
2151 | heightWin = rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top; | |
387a3b02 | 2152 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2153 | // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so |
2154 | // adjust if necessary | |
2155 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
2156 | { | |
2157 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
2158 | if ( parent ) | |
2159 | { | |
b0268daf | 2160 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), (POINT *)&rectWin); |
d4597e13 VZ |
2161 | } |
2162 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2163 | |
b0268daf | 2164 | // don't call DoMoveWindow() because we want to move window immediately |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2165 | // and not defer it here as otherwise the value returned by |
2166 | // GetClient/WindowRect() wouldn't change as the window wouldn't be | |
2167 | // really resized | |
b0268daf VZ |
2168 | if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), |
2169 | rectWin.left, | |
2170 | rectWin.top, | |
2171 | width + widthWin - rectClient.right, | |
2172 | height + heightWin - rectClient.bottom, | |
2173 | TRUE) ) | |
2174 | { | |
9a83f860 | 2175 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow")); |
b0268daf | 2176 | } |
d4597e13 | 2177 | } |
42e69d6b | 2178 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2179 | |
743b4266 VZ |
2180 | wxSize wxWindowMSW::DoGetBorderSize() const |
2181 | { | |
2182 | wxCoord border; | |
2183 | switch ( GetBorder() ) | |
2184 | { | |
2185 | case wxBORDER_STATIC: | |
2186 | case wxBORDER_SIMPLE: | |
2187 | border = 1; | |
2188 | break; | |
2189 | ||
2190 | case wxBORDER_SUNKEN: | |
2191 | border = 2; | |
2192 | break; | |
2193 | ||
2194 | case wxBORDER_RAISED: | |
2195 | case wxBORDER_DOUBLE: | |
2196 | border = 3; | |
2197 | break; | |
2198 | ||
2199 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 2200 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown border style") ); |
743b4266 VZ |
2201 | // fall through |
2202 | ||
2203 | case wxBORDER_NONE: | |
2204 | border = 0; | |
2205 | } | |
2206 | ||
2207 | return 2*wxSize(border, border); | |
2208 | } | |
2209 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2210 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2211 | // text metrics | |
2212 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 2213 | |
1e6feb95 | 2214 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharHeight() const |
42e69d6b | 2215 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 2216 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmHeight; |
42e69d6b | 2217 | } |
3eddf563 | 2218 | |
1e6feb95 | 2219 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharWidth() const |
42e69d6b | 2220 | { |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2221 | // +1 is needed because Windows apparently adds it when calculating the |
2222 | // dialog units size in pixels | |
2223 | #if wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
1e6feb95 | 2224 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2225 | #else |
2226 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth + 1; | |
2227 | #endif | |
42e69d6b | 2228 | } |
f4621a09 | 2229 | |
6de70470 VZ |
2230 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, |
2231 | int *x, int *y, | |
2232 | int *descent, | |
2233 | int *externalLeading, | |
2234 | const wxFont *fontToUse) const | |
42e69d6b | 2235 | { |
e0448413 | 2236 | wxASSERT_MSG( !fontToUse || fontToUse->Ok(), |
9a83f860 | 2237 | wxT("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") ); |
634903fd | 2238 | |
e0448413 VZ |
2239 | HFONT hfontToUse; |
2240 | if ( fontToUse ) | |
2241 | hfontToUse = GetHfontOf(*fontToUse); | |
2d17baae | 2242 | else |
e0448413 | 2243 | hfontToUse = GetHfontOf(GetFont()); |
634903fd | 2244 | |
64869ab7 | 2245 | WindowHDC hdc(GetHwnd()); |
e0448413 | 2246 | SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, hfontToUse); |
341c92a8 | 2247 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2248 | SIZE sizeRect; |
2249 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
e0a050e3 | 2250 | ::GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, string.wx_str(), string.length(), &sizeRect); |
64869ab7 | 2251 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); |
42e69d6b | 2252 | |
0655ad29 VZ |
2253 | if ( x ) |
2254 | *x = sizeRect.cx; | |
2255 | if ( y ) | |
2256 | *y = sizeRect.cy; | |
2257 | if ( descent ) | |
2258 | *descent = tm.tmDescent; | |
2259 | if ( externalLeading ) | |
2260 | *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2261 | } |
2262 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2263 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2264 | // popup menu | |
2265 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2266 | ||
2e9f62da VZ |
2267 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2268 | ||
ed45e263 VZ |
2269 | // yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue |
2270 | // immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration | |
2271 | // | |
2272 | // NB: this function should probably be made public later as it can almost | |
2273 | // surely replace wxYield() elsewhere as well | |
2274 | static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly() | |
2275 | { | |
2276 | // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't | |
2277 | // want to process it here) | |
2278 | MSG msg; | |
1bf77ee5 | 2279 | while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE) ) |
ed45e263 | 2280 | { |
dd7ebf8b | 2281 | if ( msg.message == WM_QUIT ) |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2282 | { |
2283 | // if we retrieved a WM_QUIT, insert back into the message queue. | |
2284 | ::PostQuitMessage(0); | |
2285 | break; | |
2286 | } | |
7de59551 | 2287 | |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2288 | // luckily (as we don't have access to wxEventLoopImpl method from here |
2289 | // anyhow...) we don't need to pre process WM_COMMANDs so dispatch it | |
2290 | // immediately | |
2291 | ::TranslateMessage(&msg); | |
2292 | ::DispatchMessage(&msg); | |
2293 | } | |
ed45e263 VZ |
2294 | } |
2295 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2296 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y) |
c50f1fb9 | 2297 | { |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2298 | menu->UpdateUI(); |
2299 | ||
27d2dbbc | 2300 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && y == wxDefaultCoord ) |
971562cb VS |
2301 | { |
2302 | wxPoint mouse = ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition()); | |
2303 | x = mouse.x; y = mouse.y; | |
2304 | } | |
2305 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2306 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
2307 | HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu); | |
2308 | POINT point; | |
2309 | point.x = x; | |
2310 | point.y = y; | |
2311 | ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point); | |
5cb598ae | 2312 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
b40bf35c VZ |
2313 | static const UINT flags = 0; |
2314 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2315 | UINT flags = TPM_RIGHTBUTTON; | |
2316 | // NT4 doesn't support TPM_RECURSE and simply doesn't show the menu at all | |
2317 | // when it's use, I'm not sure about Win95/98 but prefer to err on the safe | |
2318 | // side and not to use it there neither -- modify the test if it does work | |
2319 | // on these systems | |
2320 | if ( wxGetWinVersion() >= wxWinVersion_5 ) | |
2321 | { | |
2322 | // using TPM_RECURSE allows us to show a popup menu while another menu | |
2323 | // is opened which can be useful and is supported by the other | |
2324 | // platforms, so allow it under Windows too | |
2325 | flags |= TPM_RECURSE; | |
2326 | } | |
2327 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
2328 | ||
7f0586ef | 2329 | ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, flags, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL); |
ed45e263 | 2330 | |
90e572f1 | 2331 | // we need to do it right now as otherwise the events are never going to be |
ed45e263 VZ |
2332 | // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand() |
2333 | // | |
2334 | // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't | |
2335 | // help and we'd still need wxYieldForCommandsOnly() as the menu may be | |
2336 | // destroyed as soon as we return (it can be a local variable in the caller | |
2337 | // for example) and so we do need to process the event immediately | |
2338 | wxYieldForCommandsOnly(); | |
2339 | ||
08158721 | 2340 | return true; |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2341 | } |
2342 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
2343 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2344 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2345 | // =========================================================================== |
2346 | // pre/post message processing | |
2347 | // =========================================================================== | |
2bda0e17 | 2348 | |
c140b7e7 | 2349 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2350 | { |
2351 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) | |
2352 | return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam); | |
2353 | else | |
2354 | return ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam); | |
2355 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 2356 | |
1e6feb95 | 2357 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
42e69d6b | 2358 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
2359 | // wxUniversal implements tab traversal itself |
2360 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
42e69d6b | 2361 | if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ) |
2d0a075d | 2362 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2363 | // intercept dialog navigation keys |
2364 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
d9317fd4 VZ |
2365 | |
2366 | // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does | |
2367 | // internally | |
573a1586 | 2368 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN ) |
42e69d6b | 2369 | { |
3f7bc32b VZ |
2370 | bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); |
2371 | bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); | |
a23fd0e1 | 2372 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2373 | // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself, |
2374 | // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter | |
2375 | // combinations which are always processed) | |
977f50f3 VZ |
2376 | LONG lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0); |
2377 | ||
cbab1556 | 2378 | // surprisingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the |
977f50f3 VZ |
2379 | // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically, |
2380 | // it, of course, implies them | |
2381 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS ) | |
42e69d6b | 2382 | { |
977f50f3 | 2383 | lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS; |
42e69d6b | 2384 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2385 | |
08158721 | 2386 | bool bForward = true, |
298ca00c VZ |
2387 | bWindowChange = false, |
2388 | bFromTab = false; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2389 | |
573a1586 | 2390 | // should we process this message specially? |
08158721 | 2391 | bool bProcess = true; |
9145664b | 2392 | switch ( msg->wParam ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2393 | { |
2394 | case VK_TAB: | |
7cc44669 VZ |
2395 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB) && !bCtrlDown ) |
2396 | { | |
2397 | // let the control have the TAB | |
08158721 | 2398 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2399 | } |
7cc44669 VZ |
2400 | else // use it for navigation |
2401 | { | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2402 | // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages |
2403 | bWindowChange = bCtrlDown; | |
319fefa9 | 2404 | bForward = !bShiftDown; |
298ca00c | 2405 | bFromTab = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2406 | } |
2407 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2408 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2409 | case VK_UP: |
2410 | case VK_LEFT: | |
2411 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2412 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2413 | else |
08158721 | 2414 | bForward = false; |
42e69d6b | 2415 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 2416 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2417 | case VK_DOWN: |
2418 | case VK_RIGHT: | |
2419 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2420 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2421 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 2422 | |
efe5e221 VZ |
2423 | case VK_PRIOR: |
2424 | bForward = false; | |
2425 | // fall through | |
2426 | ||
2427 | case VK_NEXT: | |
2428 | // we treat PageUp/Dn as arrows because chances are that | |
2429 | // a control which needs arrows also needs them for | |
2430 | // navigation (e.g. wxTextCtrl, wxListCtrl, ...) | |
ada5f90d | 2431 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) && !bCtrlDown ) |
efe5e221 | 2432 | bProcess = false; |
ada5f90d | 2433 | else // OTOH Ctrl-PageUp/Dn works as [Shift-]Ctrl-Tab |
efe5e221 VZ |
2434 | bWindowChange = true; |
2435 | break; | |
2436 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2437 | case VK_RETURN: |
2438 | { | |
90c6edd7 | 2439 | #if wxUSE_BUTTON |
3147bb58 | 2440 | // currently active button should get enter press even |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2441 | // if there is a default button elsewhere so check if |
2442 | // this window is a button first | |
2443 | wxWindow *btn = NULL; | |
3147bb58 | 2444 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_DEFPUSHBUTTON ) |
319fefa9 | 2445 | { |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2446 | // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all |
2447 | // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it | |
2448 | // just seems to ignore | |
2449 | long style = ::GetWindowLong(msg->hwnd, GWL_STYLE); | |
2450 | if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW ) | |
2451 | { | |
2452 | // emulate the button click | |
dca0f651 | 2453 | btn = wxFindWinFromHandle(msg->hwnd); |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2454 | } |
2455 | ||
08158721 | 2456 | bProcess = false; |
319fefa9 | 2457 | } |
90c6edd7 | 2458 | else // not a button itself, do we have default button? |
c50f1fb9 | 2459 | { |
8e86978a VZ |
2460 | // check if this window or any of its ancestors |
2461 | // wants the message for itself (we always reserve | |
2462 | // Ctrl-Enter for dialog navigation though) | |
2463 | wxWindow *win = this; | |
2464 | if ( !bCtrlDown ) | |
2465 | { | |
53b0c2bc | 2466 | // this will contain the dialog code of this |
0075ea22 | 2467 | // window and all of its parent windows in turn |
53b0c2bc VZ |
2468 | LONG lDlgCode2 = lDlgCode; |
2469 | ||
0075ea22 | 2470 | while ( win ) |
8e86978a | 2471 | { |
53b0c2bc | 2472 | if ( lDlgCode2 & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE ) |
8e86978a VZ |
2473 | { |
2474 | // as it wants to process Enter itself, | |
2475 | // don't call IsDialogMessage() which | |
2476 | // would consume it | |
2477 | return false; | |
2478 | } | |
2479 | ||
0075ea22 VZ |
2480 | // don't propagate keyboard messages beyond |
2481 | // the first top level window parent | |
2482 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
2483 | break; | |
2484 | ||
2485 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
2486 | ||
53b0c2bc VZ |
2487 | lDlgCode2 = ::SendMessage |
2488 | ( | |
2489 | GetHwndOf(win), | |
2490 | WM_GETDLGCODE, | |
2491 | 0, | |
2492 | 0 | |
2493 | ); | |
8e86978a VZ |
2494 | } |
2495 | } | |
2496 | else // bCtrlDown | |
2497 | { | |
2498 | win = wxGetTopLevelParent(win); | |
2499 | } | |
2500 | ||
2501 | wxTopLevelWindow * const | |
2502 | tlw = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); | |
6c20e8f8 | 2503 | if ( tlw ) |
c50f1fb9 | 2504 | { |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2505 | btn = wxDynamicCast(tlw->GetDefaultItem(), |
2506 | wxButton); | |
c50f1fb9 | 2507 | } |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2508 | } |
2509 | ||
2510 | if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() ) | |
2511 | { | |
2512 | btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */); | |
2513 | return true; | |
2514 | } | |
2515 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2516 | #endif // wxUSE_BUTTON |
90c6edd7 | 2517 | |
7b504551 | 2518 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2519 | // map Enter presses into button presses on PDAs |
2520 | wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN); | |
2521 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 2522 | if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2523 | return true; |
2524 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2525 | } |
2526 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2527 | |
42e69d6b | 2528 | default: |
08158721 | 2529 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2530 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2531 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2532 | if ( bProcess ) |
2533 | { | |
2534 | wxNavigationKeyEvent event; | |
2535 | event.SetDirection(bForward); | |
2536 | event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange); | |
298ca00c | 2537 | event.SetFromTab(bFromTab); |
42e69d6b | 2538 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
3572173c | 2539 | |
937013e0 | 2540 | if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
57c0af52 | 2541 | { |
d7e0024b VZ |
2542 | // as we don't call IsDialogMessage(), which would take of |
2543 | // this by default, we need to manually send this message | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
2544 | // so that controls can change their UI state if needed |
2545 | MSWUpdateUIState(UIS_CLEAR, UISF_HIDEFOCUS); | |
d7e0024b | 2546 | |
08158721 | 2547 | return true; |
57c0af52 | 2548 | } |
42e69d6b VZ |
2549 | } |
2550 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2551 | |
98ebf919 | 2552 | if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) ) |
f6bcfd97 | 2553 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2554 | // IsDialogMessage() did something... |
2555 | return true; | |
f6bcfd97 | 2556 | } |
42e69d6b | 2557 | } |
1e6feb95 | 2558 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
a23fd0e1 | 2559 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2560 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2561 | if ( m_tooltip ) | |
387a3b02 | 2562 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2563 | // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control |
2564 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
2565 | if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE ) | |
259a4264 | 2566 | wxToolTip::RelayEvent(pMsg); |
387a3b02 | 2567 | } |
42e69d6b | 2568 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
a23fd0e1 | 2569 | |
08158721 | 2570 | return false; |
387a3b02 JS |
2571 | } |
2572 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2573 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
387a3b02 | 2574 | { |
1e6feb95 | 2575 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c50f1fb9 | 2576 | return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg); |
1e6feb95 | 2577 | #else |
574c939e | 2578 | (void) pMsg; |
08158721 | 2579 | return false; |
1e6feb95 | 2580 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
387a3b02 JS |
2581 | } |
2582 | ||
98ebf919 | 2583 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg) |
a37d422a | 2584 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2585 | // all tests below have to deal with various bugs/misfeatures of |
2586 | // IsDialogMessage(): we have to prevent it from being called from our | |
2587 | // MSWProcessMessage() in some situations | |
2588 | ||
2589 | // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the | |
2590 | // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is | |
2591 | // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in | |
2592 | // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog | |
2593 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && msg->wParam == VK_ESCAPE ) | |
2594 | { | |
2595 | return false; | |
2596 | } | |
2597 | ||
2598 | // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the application by | |
2599 | // going into an infinite loop when it tries to find the control to give | |
2600 | // focus to when Alt-<key> is pressed, so we try to detect [some of] the | |
2601 | // situations when this may happen and not call it then | |
2602 | if ( msg->message != WM_SYSCHAR ) | |
2603 | return true; | |
2604 | ||
2605 | // assume we can call it by default | |
2606 | bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2607 | ||
2608 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); | |
2609 | ||
2610 | // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, | |
2611 | // ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter an infinite loop, because it will | |
2612 | // recursively check the child windows but not the window itself and so if | |
2613 | // none of the children accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops | |
2614 | // when it gets back to the window it started from) | |
2615 | // | |
2616 | // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT | |
2617 | // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if | |
2618 | // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static | |
2619 | // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input. | |
2620 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) | |
2621 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) | |
2622 | { | |
2623 | // pessimistic by default | |
2624 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2625 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
2626 | node; | |
2627 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
2628 | { | |
2629 | wxWindow * const win = node->GetData(); | |
ad02525d | 2630 | if ( win->CanAcceptFocus() && |
d66d0500 | 2631 | !wxHasWindowExStyle(win, WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
98ebf919 VZ |
2632 | { |
2633 | // it shouldn't hang... | |
2634 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2635 | ||
2636 | break; | |
2637 | } | |
2638 | } | |
2639 | } | |
2640 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2641 | ||
2642 | if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg ) | |
2643 | { | |
2644 | // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the | |
2645 | // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its | |
2646 | // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in | |
2647 | // this case | |
2648 | while ( hwndFocus ) | |
2649 | { | |
2650 | if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) || | |
2651 | !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) ) | |
2652 | { | |
2653 | // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this! | |
2654 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2655 | ||
2656 | break; | |
2657 | } | |
2658 | ||
2659 | if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) ) | |
2660 | { | |
2661 | // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even | |
2662 | // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't | |
2663 | // break navigation inside the dialog | |
2664 | break; | |
2665 | } | |
2666 | ||
2667 | hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus); | |
2668 | } | |
2669 | } | |
2670 | ||
2671 | return canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg; | |
a37d422a VZ |
2672 | } |
2673 | ||
42e69d6b | 2674 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
e39af974 | 2675 | // message params unpackers |
42e69d6b | 2676 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2677 | |
1e6feb95 | 2678 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b VZ |
2679 | WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd) |
2680 | { | |
2681 | *id = LOWORD(wParam); | |
2682 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2683 | *cmd = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2684 | } |
2685 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2686 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2687 | WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2688 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2689 | *state = LOWORD(wParam); |
2690 | *minimized = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2691 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2692 | } |
2693 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2694 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2695 | WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2696 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2697 | *code = LOWORD(wParam); |
2698 | *pos = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2699 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2700 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2701 | |
1e6feb95 | 2702 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
01c500af | 2703 | WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 2704 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2705 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; |
2706 | *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2707 | } |
2708 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2709 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2710 | WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu) |
2bda0e17 | 2711 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2712 | *item = (WXWORD)wParam; |
2713 | *flags = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2714 | *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam; | |
2715 | } | |
c085e333 | 2716 | |
42e69d6b | 2717 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
77ffb593 | 2718 | // Main wxWidgets window proc and the window proc for wxWindow |
42e69d6b | 2719 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2720 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2721 | // Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet |
2722 | // associated with the handle | |
b225f659 VZ |
2723 | static wxWindowMSW *gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; |
2724 | ||
2725 | // implementation of wxWindowCreationHook class: it just sets gs_winBeingCreated to the | |
2726 | // window being created and insures that it's always unset back later | |
2727 | wxWindowCreationHook::wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated) | |
2728 | { | |
2729 | gs_winBeingCreated = winBeingCreated; | |
2730 | } | |
2731 | ||
2732 | wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook() | |
2733 | { | |
2734 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
2735 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2736 | |
2737 | // Main window proc | |
3135f4a7 | 2738 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 2739 | { |
4b6a582b VZ |
2740 | // trace all messages: useful for the debugging but noticeably slows down |
2741 | // the code so don't do it by default | |
2742 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 | |
ef787038 VZ |
2743 | // notice that we cast wParam and lParam to long to avoid mismatch with |
2744 | // format specifiers in 64 bit builds where they are both int64 quantities | |
2745 | // | |
2746 | // casting like this loses information, of course, but it shouldn't matter | |
2747 | // much for this diagnostic code and it keeps the code simple | |
5ec3853f | 2748 | wxLogTrace("winmsg", |
dca0f651 | 2749 | wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%p, wParam=%08lx, lParam=%08lx)"), |
ef787038 | 2750 | wxGetMessageName(message), hWnd, (long)wParam, (long)lParam); |
4b6a582b | 2751 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
2bda0e17 | 2752 | |
dca0f651 | 2753 | wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
c085e333 | 2754 | |
42e69d6b | 2755 | // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate |
b225f659 VZ |
2756 | // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated |
2757 | if ( !wnd && gs_winBeingCreated ) | |
2d0a075d | 2758 | { |
b225f659 VZ |
2759 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, gs_winBeingCreated); |
2760 | wnd = gs_winBeingCreated; | |
2761 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 2762 | wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 2763 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2764 | |
42e69d6b | 2765 | LRESULT rc; |
a23fd0e1 | 2766 | |
b46b1d59 | 2767 | if ( wnd && wxGUIEventLoop::AllowProcessing(wnd) ) |
b225f659 | 2768 | rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 2769 | else |
b225f659 | 2770 | rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 2771 | |
42e69d6b | 2772 | return rc; |
f7bd2698 JS |
2773 | } |
2774 | ||
c140b7e7 | 2775 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
f7bd2698 | 2776 | { |
42e69d6b | 2777 | // did we process the message? |
08158721 | 2778 | bool processed = false; |
f7bd2698 | 2779 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2780 | // the return value |
2781 | union | |
2bda0e17 | 2782 | { |
42e69d6b | 2783 | bool allow; |
c140b7e7 | 2784 | WXLRESULT result; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2785 | WXHBRUSH hBrush; |
2786 | } rc; | |
2bda0e17 | 2787 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2788 | // for most messages we should return 0 when we do process the message |
2789 | rc.result = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 2790 | |
42e69d6b | 2791 | switch ( message ) |
39136494 | 2792 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2793 | case WM_CREATE: |
2794 | { | |
2795 | bool mayCreate; | |
2796 | processed = HandleCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT)lParam, &mayCreate); | |
2797 | if ( processed ) | |
2798 | { | |
2799 | // return 0 to allow window creation | |
2800 | rc.result = mayCreate ? 0 : -1; | |
2801 | } | |
2802 | } | |
2803 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2804 | |
42e69d6b | 2805 | case WM_DESTROY: |
08158721 | 2806 | // never set processed to true and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to |
ad4297f3 VZ |
2807 | // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when |
2808 | // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause | |
2809 | // memory and resource leaks! | |
2810 | (void)HandleDestroy(); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2811 | break; |
2812 | ||
9b6ae450 VZ |
2813 | case WM_SIZE: |
2814 | processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam); | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
2815 | break; |
2816 | ||
42e69d6b | 2817 | case WM_MOVE: |
132cb640 | 2818 | processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); |
42e69d6b | 2819 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2820 | |
7f0586ef | 2821 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5706de1c | 2822 | case WM_MOVING: |
540b6b09 VZ |
2823 | { |
2824 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2825 | wxRect rc; | |
2826 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2827 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2828 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2829 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2830 | processed = HandleMoving(rc); | |
2831 | if (processed) { | |
2832 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2833 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2834 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2835 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2836 | } | |
2837 | } | |
5706de1c | 2838 | break; |
a047aff2 | 2839 | #if 0 |
aa767a45 JS |
2840 | case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE: |
2841 | { | |
2842 | processed = HandleEnterSizeMove(); | |
2843 | } | |
2844 | break; | |
2845 | ||
2846 | case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE: | |
2847 | { | |
2848 | processed = HandleExitSizeMove(); | |
2849 | } | |
2850 | break; | |
a047aff2 | 2851 | #endif |
5706de1c JS |
2852 | case WM_SIZING: |
2853 | { | |
2854 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2855 | wxRect rc; | |
2856 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2857 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2858 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2859 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2860 | processed = HandleSizing(rc); | |
2861 | if (processed) { | |
2862 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2863 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2864 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2865 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2866 | } | |
2867 | } | |
2868 | break; | |
9b6ae450 | 2869 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
5706de1c | 2870 | |
7f0586ef | 2871 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 2872 | case WM_ACTIVATEAPP: |
afafd942 | 2873 | // This implicitly sends a wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP event |
1e6feb95 | 2874 | wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus()); |
42e69d6b | 2875 | break; |
8a46f9b1 | 2876 | #endif |
47cbd6da | 2877 | |
42e69d6b | 2878 | case WM_ACTIVATE: |
341c92a8 | 2879 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2880 | WXWORD state, minimized; |
2881 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2882 | UnpackActivate(wParam, lParam, &state, &minimized, &hwnd); | |
2883 | ||
2884 | processed = HandleActivate(state, minimized != 0, (WXHWND)hwnd); | |
341c92a8 | 2885 | } |
42e69d6b | 2886 | break; |
341c92a8 | 2887 | |
42e69d6b | 2888 | case WM_SETFOCUS: |
dca0f651 | 2889 | processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 2890 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2891 | |
42e69d6b | 2892 | case WM_KILLFOCUS: |
dca0f651 | 2893 | processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 2894 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2895 | |
c3732409 | 2896 | case WM_PRINTCLIENT: |
1a784dfc | 2897 | processed = HandlePrintClient((WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 VZ |
2898 | break; |
2899 | ||
c3732409 VZ |
2900 | case WM_PAINT: |
2901 | if ( wParam ) | |
5c6c3176 | 2902 | { |
5c6c3176 | 2903 | wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 | 2904 | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2905 | processed = HandlePaint(); |
2906 | } | |
c3732409 VZ |
2907 | else // no DC given |
2908 | { | |
2909 | processed = HandlePaint(); | |
2910 | } | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2911 | break; |
2912 | ||
42e69d6b | 2913 | case WM_CLOSE: |
9fd9e47a JS |
2914 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2915 | // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive | |
2916 | // close events unless we have this. | |
2917 | Close(); | |
c3732409 VZ |
2918 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2919 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2920 | // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it |
2921 | // ourselves in ~wxWindow | |
08158721 | 2922 | processed = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2923 | rc.result = TRUE; |
2924 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2925 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2926 | case WM_SHOWWINDOW: |
2927 | processed = HandleShow(wParam != 0, (int)lParam); | |
2928 | break; | |
3a19e16d | 2929 | |
42e69d6b | 2930 | case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
132cb640 VZ |
2931 | processed = HandleMouseMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2932 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2933 | wParam); | |
2934 | break; | |
0d0512bd | 2935 | |
4e5c6c33 | 2936 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
e5297b7f | 2937 | case WM_MOUSELEAVE: |
aafb9978 VZ |
2938 | // filter out excess WM_MOUSELEAVE events sent after PopupMenu() |
2939 | // (on XP at least) | |
4e5c6c33 | 2940 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) |
e5297b7f | 2941 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 2942 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
e5297b7f | 2943 | } |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
2944 | |
2945 | // always pass processed back as false, this allows the window | |
2946 | // manager to process the message too. This is needed to | |
2947 | // ensure windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves | |
2948 | // over widgets like buttons. So don't set processed to true here. | |
51e4e266 | 2949 | break; |
4e5c6c33 | 2950 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
35bbb0c6 | 2951 | |
d2c52078 RD |
2952 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
2953 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: | |
2954 | processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam); | |
2955 | break; | |
2956 | #endif | |
2957 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2958 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
2959 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
2960 | case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2961 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
2962 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: | |
2963 | case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2964 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
2965 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: | |
2966 | case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2967 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
2968 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: |
2969 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
2970 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2971 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dfafa702 | 2972 | { |
98363307 | 2973 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ |
cd4453e5 VZ |
2974 | // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is |
2975 | // disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if | |
2976 | // necessary. | |
d0a3d109 | 2977 | wxWindowMSW* win = this; |
dfafa702 | 2978 | for ( ;; ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2979 | { |
2980 | if (!win->IsEnabled()) | |
2981 | { | |
08158721 | 2982 | processed = true; |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2983 | break; |
2984 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2985 | |
d0a3d109 | 2986 | win = win->GetParent(); |
dfafa702 | 2987 | if ( !win || win->IsTopLevel() ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2988 | break; |
2989 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2990 | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2991 | if ( processed ) |
2992 | break; | |
2993 | ||
dfafa702 | 2994 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2995 | int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2996 | y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); | |
dfafa702 | 2997 | |
42b1fb63 | 2998 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
03e0b2b1 | 2999 | // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by |
42b1fb63 VZ |
3000 | // finding one under mouse because under CE the static controls |
3001 | // don't generate mouse events (even with SS_NOTIFY) | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
3002 | wxWindowMSW *win; |
3003 | if ( GetCapture() == this ) | |
3004 | { | |
3005 | // but don't do it if the mouse is captured by this window | |
3006 | // because then it should really get this event itself | |
3007 | win = this; | |
d0a3d109 | 3008 | } |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
3009 | else |
3010 | { | |
3011 | win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y); | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3012 | |
3013 | // this should never happen | |
3014 | wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0, | |
9a83f860 | 3015 | wxT("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") ); |
9f011847 | 3016 | } |
7d4f65e3 JS |
3017 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
3018 | if (IsContextMenuEnabled() && message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) | |
3019 | { | |
3020 | SHRGINFO shrgi = {0}; | |
faa94f3e | 3021 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
3022 | shrgi.cbSize = sizeof(SHRGINFO); |
3023 | shrgi.hwndClient = (HWND) GetHWND(); | |
3024 | shrgi.ptDown.x = x; | |
3025 | shrgi.ptDown.y = y; | |
faa94f3e | 3026 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
3027 | shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_RETURNCMD; |
3028 | // shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_NOTIFYPARENT; | |
faa94f3e | 3029 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
3030 | if (GN_CONTEXTMENU == ::SHRecognizeGesture(&shrgi)) |
3031 | { | |
3032 | wxPoint pt(x, y); | |
3033 | pt = ClientToScreen(pt); | |
faa94f3e | 3034 | |
7d4f65e3 | 3035 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); |
faa94f3e | 3036 | |
7d4f65e3 | 3037 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 3038 | if (HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx)) |
f350d4b2 | 3039 | { |
7d4f65e3 | 3040 | processed = true; |
f350d4b2 JS |
3041 | return true; |
3042 | } | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
3043 | } |
3044 | } | |
3045 | #endif | |
3046 | ||
42b1fb63 VZ |
3047 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ |
3048 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; | |
3049 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
9f011847 VZ |
3050 | |
3051 | processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam); | |
2b5f62a0 | 3052 | |
9f011847 VZ |
3053 | // if the app didn't eat the event, handle it in the default |
3054 | // way, that is by giving this window the focus | |
3055 | if ( !processed ) | |
3056 | { | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3057 | // for the standard classes their WndProc sets the focus to |
3058 | // them anyhow and doing it from here results in some weird | |
9f011847 | 3059 | // problems, so don't do it for them (unnecessary anyhow) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3060 | if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() ) |
3061 | { | |
edc09871 | 3062 | if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->IsFocusable() ) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3063 | win->SetFocus(); |
3064 | } | |
03e0b2b1 | 3065 | } |
98363307 | 3066 | } |
dfafa702 | 3067 | break; |
d0a3d109 | 3068 | |
cd4453e5 | 3069 | #ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE |
42e69d6b VZ |
3070 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: |
3071 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: | |
3072 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: | |
3073 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: | |
3074 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: | |
3075 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: | |
3076 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: | |
3077 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
132cb640 VZ |
3078 | processed = HandleJoystickEvent(message, |
3079 | GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), | |
3080 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
3081 | wParam); | |
42e69d6b | 3082 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 3083 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
47cbd6da | 3084 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3085 | case WM_COMMAND: |
3086 | { | |
3087 | WORD id, cmd; | |
3088 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
3089 | UnpackCommand(wParam, lParam, &id, &hwnd, &cmd); | |
47cbd6da | 3090 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3091 | processed = HandleCommand(id, cmd, hwnd); |
3092 | } | |
3093 | break; | |
7d532b0c | 3094 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3095 | case WM_NOTIFY: |
3096 | processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result); | |
3097 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3098 | |
27005f3a VZ |
3099 | // we only need to reply to WM_NOTIFYFORMAT manually when using MSLU, |
3100 | // otherwise DefWindowProc() does it perfectly fine for us, but MSLU | |
3101 | // apparently doesn't always behave properly and needs some help | |
3102 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && defined(NF_QUERY) | |
3103 | case WM_NOTIFYFORMAT: | |
3104 | if ( lParam == NF_QUERY ) | |
3105 | { | |
3106 | processed = true; | |
3107 | rc.result = NFR_UNICODE; | |
3108 | } | |
3109 | break; | |
3110 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU | |
3111 | ||
08158721 | 3112 | // for these messages we must return true if process the message |
cd4453e5 | 3113 | #ifdef WM_DRAWITEM |
42e69d6b | 3114 | case WM_DRAWITEM: |
dca0f651 VZ |
3115 | processed = MSWOnDrawItem(wParam, (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); |
3116 | if ( processed ) | |
3117 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3118 | break; | |
57a7b7c1 | 3119 | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3120 | case WM_MEASUREITEM: |
3121 | processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(wParam, (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); | |
3122 | if ( processed ) | |
3123 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
42e69d6b | 3124 | break; |
cd4453e5 VZ |
3125 | #endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM) |
3126 | ||
9bf84618 | 3127 | case WM_GETDLGCODE: |
ff7282e1 | 3128 | if ( !IsOfStandardClass() || HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
9bf84618 | 3129 | { |
5a403e3f VZ |
3130 | // we always want to get the char events |
3131 | rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS; | |
3132 | ||
ff7282e1 | 3133 | if ( HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
5a403e3f VZ |
3134 | { |
3135 | // in fact, we want everything | |
3136 | rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS | | |
3137 | DLGC_WANTTAB | | |
3138 | DLGC_WANTALLKEYS; | |
3139 | } | |
3140 | ||
08158721 | 3141 | processed = true; |
9bf84618 | 3142 | } |
101f488c | 3143 | //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc() |
9bf84618 VZ |
3144 | break; |
3145 | ||
4004f41e | 3146 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
42e69d6b | 3147 | case WM_KEYDOWN: |
b6885972 | 3148 | // Generate the key down event in any case. |
9c7df356 VZ |
3149 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam); |
3150 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) | |
2d0a075d | 3151 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
3152 | // If it was processed by an event handler, we stop here, |
3153 | // notably we intentionally don't generate char event then. | |
08158721 | 3154 | processed = true; |
2d0a075d | 3155 | } |
b6885972 | 3156 | else // key down event not handled |
42e69d6b | 3157 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
3158 | // Examine the event to decide whether we need to generate a |
3159 | // char event for it ourselves or let Windows do it. Window | |
3160 | // mostly only does it for the keys which produce printable | |
3161 | // characters (although there are exceptions, e.g. VK_ESCAPE or | |
3162 | // VK_BACK (but not VK_DELETE)) while we do it for all keys | |
3163 | // except the modifier ones (the wisdom of this is debatable | |
3164 | // but by now this decision is enshrined forever due to | |
3165 | // backwards compatibility). | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3166 | switch ( wParam ) |
3167 | { | |
b6885972 | 3168 | // No wxEVT_CHAR events are generated for these keys at all. |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3169 | case VK_SHIFT: |
3170 | case VK_CONTROL: | |
3171 | case VK_MENU: | |
3172 | case VK_CAPITAL: | |
3173 | case VK_NUMLOCK: | |
3174 | case VK_SCROLL: | |
2bda0e17 | 3175 | |
b6885972 VZ |
3176 | // Windows will send us WM_CHAR for these ones so we'll |
3177 | // generate wxEVT_CHAR for them later when we get it. | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3178 | case VK_ESCAPE: |
3179 | case VK_SPACE: | |
3180 | case VK_RETURN: | |
3181 | case VK_BACK: | |
3182 | case VK_TAB: | |
3183 | case VK_ADD: | |
3184 | case VK_SUBTRACT: | |
3185 | case VK_MULTIPLY: | |
3186 | case VK_DIVIDE: | |
7fd86b21 | 3187 | case VK_DECIMAL: |
3f2174bb VZ |
3188 | case VK_NUMPAD0: |
3189 | case VK_NUMPAD1: | |
3190 | case VK_NUMPAD2: | |
3191 | case VK_NUMPAD3: | |
3192 | case VK_NUMPAD4: | |
3193 | case VK_NUMPAD5: | |
3194 | case VK_NUMPAD6: | |
3195 | case VK_NUMPAD7: | |
3196 | case VK_NUMPAD8: | |
3197 | case VK_NUMPAD9: | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3198 | case VK_OEM_1: |
3199 | case VK_OEM_2: | |
3200 | case VK_OEM_3: | |
3201 | case VK_OEM_4: | |
3202 | case VK_OEM_5: | |
3203 | case VK_OEM_6: | |
3204 | case VK_OEM_7: | |
3205 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: | |
3206 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: | |
3207 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: | |
3208 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: | |
2b5f62a0 | 3209 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3210 | |
42e69d6b | 3211 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3212 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse |
3213 | // click because both usually pop up a context menu | |
3214 | case VK_APPS: | |
ae177b45 | 3215 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, -1, -1, 0); |
2b5f62a0 | 3216 | break; |
42e69d6b | 3217 | #endif // VK_APPS |
2bda0e17 | 3218 | |
2b5f62a0 | 3219 | default: |
b6885972 VZ |
3220 | if ( (wParam >= '0' && wParam <= '9') || |
3221 | (wParam >= 'A' && wParam <= 'Z') ) | |
3222 | { | |
3223 | // We'll get WM_CHAR for those later too. | |
3224 | break; | |
3225 | } | |
3226 | ||
3227 | // But for the rest we won't get WM_CHAR later so we do | |
3228 | // need to generate the event right now. | |
3229 | wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR); | |
3230 | InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam); | |
3231 | ||
3232 | // Set the "extended" bit in lParam because we want to | |
3233 | // generate CHAR events with WXK_HOME and not | |
3234 | // WXK_NUMPAD_HOME even if the "Home" key on numpad was | |
3235 | // pressed. | |
0c03f52d | 3236 | event.m_keyCode = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX |
b6885972 VZ |
3237 | ( |
3238 | wParam, | |
3239 | lParam | (KF_EXTENDED << 16) | |
3240 | ); | |
033428a3 VZ |
3241 | |
3242 | // Don't produce events without any valid character | |
3243 | // code (even if this shouldn't normally happen...). | |
3244 | if ( event.m_keyCode != WXK_NONE ) | |
3245 | processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); | |
2b5f62a0 | 3246 | } |
42e69d6b | 3247 | } |
2b5f62a0 | 3248 | if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN) // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs |
08158721 | 3249 | processed = false; |
42e69d6b | 3250 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3251 | |
4004f41e | 3252 | case WM_SYSKEYUP: |
42e69d6b | 3253 | case WM_KEYUP: |
4aff28fc VZ |
3254 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
3255 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button | |
3256 | if ( wParam == VK_APPS ) | |
3257 | { | |
ae177b45 | 3258 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, -1, -1, 0); |
4aff28fc VZ |
3259 | } |
3260 | else | |
3261 | #endif // VK_APPS | |
3262 | { | |
3263 | processed = HandleKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam); | |
3264 | } | |
42e69d6b | 3265 | break; |
debe6624 | 3266 | |
170cbe33 | 3267 | case WM_SYSCHAR: |
42e69d6b | 3268 | case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character |
d9f14e16 RD |
3269 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) |
3270 | { | |
3271 | // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling | |
3272 | // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by | |
3273 | // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening | |
08158721 DS |
3274 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; |
3275 | processed = true; | |
d9f14e16 RD |
3276 | } |
3277 | else | |
7de5bdf4 | 3278 | { |
b6885972 | 3279 | processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam); |
7de5bdf4 | 3280 | } |
42e69d6b | 3281 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3282 | |
5048c832 JS |
3283 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
3284 | case WM_HOTKEY: | |
3285 | processed = HandleHotKey((WORD)wParam, lParam); | |
3286 | break; | |
540b6b09 | 3287 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 3288 | |
b65f16da VS |
3289 | case WM_CUT: |
3290 | case WM_COPY: | |
3291 | case WM_PASTE: | |
3292 | processed = HandleClipboardEvent(message); | |
3293 | break; | |
3294 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3295 | case WM_HSCROLL: |
3296 | case WM_VSCROLL: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3297 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3298 | WXWORD code, pos; |
3299 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
3300 | UnpackScroll(wParam, lParam, &code, &pos, &hwnd); | |
2bda0e17 | 3301 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3302 | processed = MSWOnScroll(message == WM_HSCROLL ? wxHORIZONTAL |
3303 | : wxVERTICAL, | |
3304 | code, pos, hwnd); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3305 | } |
42e69d6b | 3306 | break; |
a23fd0e1 | 3307 | |
42e69d6b | 3308 | // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their |
01c500af | 3309 | // colors |
04ef50df | 3310 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3311 | case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX: |
3312 | case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: | |
3313 | case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: | |
3314 | case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: | |
3315 | case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: | |
3316 | case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: | |
3317 | case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3318 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3319 | WXHDC hdc; |
3320 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
01c500af | 3321 | UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &hdc, &hwnd); |
42e69d6b | 3322 | |
48fa6bd3 | 3323 | processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush, (WXHDC)hdc, (WXHWND)hwnd); |
a23fd0e1 | 3324 | } |
42e69d6b | 3325 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 3326 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ |
debe6624 | 3327 | |
42e69d6b | 3328 | case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: |
90c1530a | 3329 | // the return value for this message is ignored |
42e69d6b VZ |
3330 | processed = HandleSysColorChange(); |
3331 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3332 | |
7f0586ef | 3333 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
574c939e KB |
3334 | case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: |
3335 | processed = HandleDisplayChange(); | |
3336 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3337 | #endif |
574c939e | 3338 | |
42e69d6b | 3339 | case WM_PALETTECHANGED: |
dca0f651 | 3340 | processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 3341 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3342 | |
a5e84126 | 3343 | case WM_CAPTURECHANGED: |
dca0f651 | 3344 | processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND)lParam); |
a5e84126 JS |
3345 | break; |
3346 | ||
3c96418b JG |
3347 | case WM_SETTINGCHANGE: |
3348 | processed = HandleSettingChange(wParam, lParam); | |
3349 | break; | |
3350 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3351 | case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE: |
3352 | processed = HandleQueryNewPalette(); | |
3353 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3354 | |
42e69d6b | 3355 | case WM_ERASEBKGND: |
bec9bf3e VZ |
3356 | { |
3357 | #ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
3358 | // check if an override was configured for this window | |
3359 | EraseBgHooks::const_iterator it = gs_eraseBgHooks.find(this); | |
3360 | if ( it != gs_eraseBgHooks.end() ) | |
3361 | processed = it->second->MSWEraseBgHook((WXHDC)wParam); | |
3362 | else | |
3363 | #endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
3364 | processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)wParam); | |
3365 | } | |
3366 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3367 | if ( processed ) |
3368 | { | |
3369 | // we processed the message, i.e. erased the background | |
3370 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3371 | } | |
3372 | break; | |
debe6624 | 3373 | |
7f0586ef | 3374 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3375 | case WM_DROPFILES: |
3376 | processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam); | |
3377 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3378 | #endif |
2bda0e17 | 3379 | |
42e69d6b | 3380 | case WM_INITDIALOG: |
dca0f651 | 3381 | processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)wParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 3382 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3383 | if ( processed ) |
3384 | { | |
3385 | // we never set focus from here | |
3386 | rc.result = FALSE; | |
3387 | } | |
3388 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 3389 | |
7f0586ef | 3390 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3391 | case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: |
3392 | processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow); | |
3393 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3394 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3395 | case WM_ENDSESSION: |
3396 | processed = HandleEndSession(wParam != 0, lParam); | |
3397 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3398 | |
42e69d6b | 3399 | case WM_GETMINMAXINFO: |
25889d3c | 3400 | processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam); |
42e69d6b | 3401 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3402 | #endif |
debe6624 | 3403 | |
42e69d6b | 3404 | case WM_SETCURSOR: |
dca0f651 | 3405 | processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)wParam, |
42e69d6b VZ |
3406 | LOWORD(lParam), // hit test |
3407 | HIWORD(lParam)); // mouse msg | |
3408 | ||
3409 | if ( processed ) | |
3410 | { | |
3411 | // returning TRUE stops the DefWindowProc() from further | |
3412 | // processing this message - exactly what we need because we've | |
3413 | // just set the cursor. | |
3414 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3415 | } | |
3416 | break; | |
4cdc2c13 | 3417 | |
ed5317e5 JS |
3418 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
3419 | case WM_GETOBJECT: | |
3420 | { | |
3421 | //WPARAM dwFlags = (WPARAM) (DWORD) wParam; | |
3422 | LPARAM dwObjId = (LPARAM) (DWORD) lParam; | |
3423 | ||
66b9ec3d | 3424 | if (dwObjId == (LPARAM)OBJID_CLIENT && GetOrCreateAccessible()) |
ed5317e5 JS |
3425 | { |
3426 | return LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, (IUnknown*) GetAccessible()->GetIAccessible()); | |
3427 | } | |
3428 | break; | |
3429 | } | |
3430 | #endif | |
3431 | ||
e39af974 | 3432 | #if defined(WM_HELP) |
b96340e6 | 3433 | case WM_HELP: |
b96340e6 | 3434 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3435 | // by default, WM_HELP is propagated by DefWindowProc() upwards |
3436 | // to the window parent but as we do it ourselves already | |
3437 | // (wxHelpEvent is derived from wxCommandEvent), we don't want | |
3438 | // to get the other events if we process this message at all | |
3439 | processed = true; | |
3440 | ||
3441 | // WM_HELP doesn't use lParam under CE | |
7f0586ef | 3442 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
4cdc2c13 | 3443 | HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam; |
a9c11b71 | 3444 | if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW ) |
b96340e6 | 3445 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3446 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
3447 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent | |
3448 | ( | |
3449 | wxEVT_HELP, | |
3450 | GetId(), | |
7f0586ef | 3451 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
2d4ec362 | 3452 | wxGetMousePosition() // what else? |
7f0586ef | 3453 | #else |
a9c11b71 | 3454 | wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y) |
7f0586ef | 3455 | #endif |
a9c11b71 | 3456 | ); |
b96340e6 | 3457 | |
a9c11b71 | 3458 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 3459 | HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent); |
7f0586ef | 3460 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b96340e6 | 3461 | } |
a9c11b71 | 3462 | else if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM ) |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3463 | { |
3464 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId); | |
3465 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 3466 | HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent); |
69231000 | 3467 | |
4cdc2c13 | 3468 | } |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3469 | else // unknown help event? |
3470 | { | |
3471 | processed = false; | |
3472 | } | |
3473 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
b96340e6 | 3474 | } |
b96340e6 | 3475 | break; |
a9c11b71 | 3476 | #endif // WM_HELP |
4cdc2c13 | 3477 | |
7f0586ef | 3478 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
69231000 | 3479 | case WM_CONTEXTMENU: |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3480 | { |
3481 | // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as | |
3482 | // the event may be handled by a parent window | |
3483 | wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); | |
3484 | ||
3485 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); | |
2d1715aa VZ |
3486 | |
3487 | // we could have got an event from our child, reflect it back | |
3488 | // to it if this is the case | |
d85c53a5 | 3489 | wxWindowMSW *win = NULL; |
dca0f651 VZ |
3490 | WXHWND hWnd = (WXHWND)wParam; |
3491 | if ( hWnd != m_hWnd ) | |
2d1715aa | 3492 | { |
dca0f651 | 3493 | win = FindItemByHWND(hWnd); |
2d1715aa VZ |
3494 | } |
3495 | ||
3496 | if ( !win ) | |
3497 | win = this; | |
3498 | ||
3499 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(win); | |
937013e0 | 3500 | processed = win->HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx); |
4cdc2c13 | 3501 | } |
69231000 | 3502 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3503 | #endif |
b74cce40 | 3504 | |
53a118d6 | 3505 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
b74cce40 VZ |
3506 | case WM_MENUCHAR: |
3507 | // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU | |
3508 | if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP ) | |
3509 | { | |
3510 | // handle menu chars for ownerdrawn menu items | |
3511 | int i = HandleMenuChar(toupper(LOWORD(wParam)), lParam); | |
3512 | if ( i != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3513 | { | |
3514 | rc.result = MAKELRESULT(i, MNC_EXECUTE); | |
08158721 | 3515 | processed = true; |
b74cce40 VZ |
3516 | } |
3517 | } | |
3518 | break; | |
53a118d6 | 3519 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
355debca | 3520 | |
dbc74bcc | 3521 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
355debca VZ |
3522 | case WM_POWERBROADCAST: |
3523 | { | |
3524 | bool vetoed; | |
3525 | processed = HandlePower(wParam, lParam, &vetoed); | |
3526 | rc.result = processed && vetoed ? BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY : TRUE; | |
3527 | } | |
3528 | break; | |
dbc74bcc | 3529 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
5acec112 | 3530 | |
a047aff2 JS |
3531 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
3532 | // If we want the default themed border then we need to draw it ourselves | |
3533 | case WM_NCCALCSIZE: | |
3534 | { | |
3535 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3536 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3537 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3538 | { |
3539 | // first ask the widget to calculate the border size | |
3540 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3541 | processed = true; | |
3542 | ||
e822d1bd VZ |
3543 | // now alter the client size making room for drawing a |
3544 | // themed border | |
dca0f651 | 3545 | RECT *rect; |
140d93c0 | 3546 | NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *csparam = NULL; |
dca0f651 | 3547 | if ( wParam ) |
a047aff2 | 3548 | { |
140d93c0 | 3549 | csparam = (NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *)lParam; |
dca0f651 | 3550 | rect = &csparam->rgrc[0]; |
a047aff2 JS |
3551 | } |
3552 | else | |
3553 | { | |
dca0f651 | 3554 | rect = (RECT *)lParam; |
a047aff2 | 3555 | } |
dca0f651 | 3556 | |
fe545198 | 3557 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
a047aff2 | 3558 | RECT rcClient = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; |
d935b421 | 3559 | wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this); |
888dde65 | 3560 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
a047aff2 | 3561 | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3562 | if ( theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect |
3563 | ( | |
3564 | hTheme, | |
3565 | GetHdcOf(*impl), | |
3566 | EP_EDITTEXT, | |
3567 | ETS_NORMAL, | |
3568 | rect, | |
3569 | &rcClient) == S_OK ) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3570 | { |
3571 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); | |
140d93c0 JS |
3572 | if (wParam) |
3573 | csparam->rgrc[0] = rcClient; | |
3574 | else | |
3575 | *((RECT*)lParam) = rcClient; | |
3576 | ||
3577 | // WVR_REDRAW triggers a bug whereby child windows are moved up and left, | |
3578 | // so don't use. | |
3579 | // rc.result = WVR_REDRAW; | |
a047aff2 JS |
3580 | } |
3581 | } | |
3582 | } | |
3583 | break; | |
3584 | ||
3585 | case WM_NCPAINT: | |
3586 | { | |
3587 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3588 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3589 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3590 | { |
3591 | // first ask the widget to paint its non-client area, such as scrollbars, etc. | |
3592 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3593 | processed = true; | |
3594 | ||
fe545198 | 3595 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
d935b421 | 3596 | wxWindowDC dc((wxWindow *)this); |
888dde65 | 3597 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
a047aff2 JS |
3598 | |
3599 | // Clip the DC so that you only draw on the non-client area | |
3600 | RECT rcBorder; | |
3601 | wxCopyRectToRECT(GetSize(), rcBorder); | |
3602 | ||
3603 | RECT rcClient; | |
3604 | theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect( | |
888dde65 | 3605 | hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL, &rcBorder, &rcClient); |
a047aff2 JS |
3606 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); |
3607 | ||
888dde65 | 3608 | ::ExcludeClipRect(GetHdcOf(*impl), rcClient.left, rcClient.top, |
a047aff2 JS |
3609 | rcClient.right, rcClient.bottom); |
3610 | ||
3611 | // Make sure the background is in a proper state | |
3612 | if (theme->IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent(hTheme, EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL)) | |
3613 | { | |
888dde65 | 3614 | theme->DrawThemeParentBackground(GetHwnd(), GetHdcOf(*impl), &rcBorder); |
a047aff2 JS |
3615 | } |
3616 | ||
3617 | // Draw the border | |
3618 | int nState; | |
3619 | if ( !IsEnabled() ) | |
3620 | nState = ETS_DISABLED; | |
3621 | // should we check this? | |
3622 | //else if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE) & ES_READONLY) | |
3623 | // nState = ETS_READONLY; | |
3624 | else | |
3625 | nState = ETS_NORMAL; | |
888dde65 | 3626 | theme->DrawThemeBackground(hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, nState, &rcBorder, NULL); |
a047aff2 JS |
3627 | } |
3628 | } | |
3629 | break; | |
3630 | ||
3631 | #endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
3632 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
3633 | default: |
3634 | // try a custom message handler | |
3635 | const MSWMessageHandlers::const_iterator | |
3636 | i = gs_messageHandlers.find(message); | |
3637 | if ( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() ) | |
3638 | { | |
3639 | processed = (*i->second)(this, message, wParam, lParam); | |
3640 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 3641 | } |
2d0a075d | 3642 | |
42e69d6b | 3643 | if ( !processed ) |
2d0a075d | 3644 | { |
4b6a582b | 3645 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
5ec3853f | 3646 | wxLogTrace("winmsg", wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."), |
42e69d6b | 3647 | wxGetMessageName(message)); |
4b6a582b | 3648 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
42e69d6b | 3649 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 3650 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3651 | |
42e69d6b | 3652 | return rc.result; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3653 | } |
3654 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3655 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3656 | // wxWindow <-> HWND map | |
3657 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 3658 | |
dca0f651 | 3659 | wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(HWND hwnd) |
4ce81a75 | 3660 | { |
dca0f651 VZ |
3661 | WindowHandles::const_iterator i = gs_windowHandles.find(hwnd); |
3662 | return i == gs_windowHandles.end() ? NULL : i->second; | |
42e69d6b | 3663 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3664 | |
dca0f651 | 3665 | void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hwnd, wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b | 3666 | { |
dca0f651 | 3667 | // adding NULL hwnd is (first) surely a result of an error and |
42e69d6b | 3668 | // (secondly) breaks menu command processing |
dca0f651 VZ |
3669 | wxCHECK_RET( hwnd != (HWND)NULL, |
3670 | wxT("attempt to add a NULL hwnd to window list ignored") ); | |
4ce81a75 | 3671 | |
4b6a582b | 3672 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL |
dca0f651 VZ |
3673 | WindowHandles::const_iterator i = gs_windowHandles.find(hwnd); |
3674 | if ( i != gs_windowHandles.end() ) | |
c7527e3f | 3675 | { |
dca0f651 VZ |
3676 | if ( i->second != win ) |
3677 | { | |
4b6a582b VZ |
3678 | wxFAIL_MSG( |
3679 | wxString::Format( | |
3680 | wxT("HWND %p already associated with another window (%s)"), | |
3681 | hwnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() | |
3682 | ) | |
3683 | ); | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3684 | } |
3685 | //else: this actually happens currently because we associate the window | |
3686 | // with its HWND during creation (if we create it) and also when | |
3687 | // SubclassWin() is called later, this is ok | |
c7527e3f | 3688 | } |
4b6a582b | 3689 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL |
dca0f651 | 3690 | |
936bb82e | 3691 | gs_windowHandles[hwnd] = (wxWindow *)win; |
42e69d6b | 3692 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3693 | |
1e6feb95 | 3694 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b | 3695 | { |
dca0f651 | 3696 | gs_windowHandles.erase(GetHwndOf(win)); |
4ce81a75 JS |
3697 | } |
3698 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3699 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3700 | // various MSW speciic class dependent functions | |
3701 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3702 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3703 | // Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way |
3704 | // (e.g. with MDI child windows) | |
1e6feb95 | 3705 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow() |
4ce81a75 | 3706 | { |
42e69d6b | 3707 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3708 | |
fa5f4858 | 3709 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos, |
b225f659 VZ |
3710 | const wxSize& size, |
3711 | int& x, int& y, | |
3712 | int& w, int& h) const | |
2bda0e17 | 3713 | { |
fa5f4858 VZ |
3714 | // CW_USEDEFAULT can't be used for child windows so just position them at |
3715 | // the origin by default | |
3716 | x = pos.x == wxDefaultCoord ? 0 : pos.x; | |
3717 | y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? 0 : pos.y; | |
2a77c8c4 | 3718 | |
fa5f4858 | 3719 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y); |
c085e333 | 3720 | |
fa5f4858 VZ |
3721 | // We don't have any clearly good choice for the size by default neither |
3722 | // but we must use something non-zero. | |
3723 | w = WidthDefault(size.x); | |
3724 | h = HeightDefault(size.y); | |
2bda0e17 | 3725 | |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3726 | /* |
3727 | NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the | |
3728 | window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was | |
77ffb593 | 3729 | specified. This was wrong because wxWidgets programs often assume |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3730 | that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke |
3731 | it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from | |
3732 | inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called | |
3733 | from some base class ctor and so this WM_SIZE is not processed in the | |
3734 | real class' OnSize() (because it's not fully constructed yet and the | |
3735 | event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we | |
3736 | rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children | |
3737 | but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right | |
77ffb593 | 3738 | size, nothing will happen as both wxWidgets and Windows check for |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3739 | this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it |
3740 | already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent. | |
3741 | */ | |
b225f659 VZ |
3742 | } |
3743 | ||
9dfef5ac VZ |
3744 | WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const |
3745 | { | |
d285d708 | 3746 | return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : WXHWND(NULL); |
9dfef5ac VZ |
3747 | } |
3748 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3749 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass, |
3750 | const wxChar *title, | |
3751 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3752 | const wxSize& size, | |
3753 | WXDWORD style, | |
3754 | WXDWORD extendedStyle) | |
3755 | { | |
23035521 VZ |
3756 | // check a common bug in the user code: if the window is created with a |
3757 | // non-default ctor and Create() is called too, we'd create 2 HWND for a | |
3758 | // single wxWindow object and this results in all sorts of trouble, | |
3759 | // especially for wxTLWs | |
3760 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_hWnd, true, "window can't be recreated" ); | |
3761 | ||
d9698bd4 VZ |
3762 | // this can happen if this function is called using the return value of |
3763 | // wxApp::GetRegisteredClassName() which failed | |
3764 | wxCHECK_MSG( wclass, false, "failed to register window class?" ); | |
3765 | ||
3766 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3767 | // choose the position/size for the new window |
3768 | int x, y, w, h; | |
3769 | (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h); | |
3770 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3771 | // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0 |
3772 | // unless we're creating a child window | |
f586fde3 | 3773 | int controlId = style & WS_CHILD ? GetId() : 0; |
2bda0e17 | 3774 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3775 | // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class |
3776 | // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it | |
3777 | // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize | |
3778 | wxString className(wclass); | |
e441e1f4 | 3779 | if ( !HasFlag(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) ) |
b225f659 | 3780 | { |
d9698bd4 | 3781 | className += wxApp::GetNoRedrawClassSuffix(); |
a23fd0e1 | 3782 | } |
c085e333 | 3783 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3784 | // do create the window |
3785 | wxWindowCreationHook hook(this); | |
b3daa5a3 | 3786 | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3787 | m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx |
3788 | ( | |
3789 | extendedStyle, | |
e0a050e3 VS |
3790 | className.wx_str(), |
3791 | title ? title : m_windowName.wx_str(), | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3792 | style, |
3793 | x, y, w, h, | |
3794 | (HWND)MSWGetParent(), | |
dca0f651 | 3795 | (HMENU)wxUIntToPtr(controlId), |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3796 | wxGetInstance(), |
3797 | NULL // no extra data | |
3798 | ); | |
b225f659 VZ |
3799 | |
3800 | if ( !m_hWnd ) | |
c7527e3f | 3801 | { |
5e67eb97 | 3802 | wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), className.c_str()); |
b225f659 | 3803 | |
08158721 | 3804 | return false; |
c7527e3f | 3805 | } |
b3daa5a3 | 3806 | |
b225f659 | 3807 | SubclassWin(m_hWnd); |
c085e333 | 3808 | |
08158721 | 3809 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3810 | } |
3811 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3812 | // =========================================================================== |
3813 | // MSW message handlers | |
3814 | // =========================================================================== | |
3815 | ||
3816 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3817 | // WM_NOTIFY | |
3818 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3819 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3820 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result) |
2bda0e17 | 3821 | { |
04ef50df | 3822 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3823 | LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam; |
3824 | HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom; | |
dca0f651 | 3825 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
42e69d6b | 3826 | |
2b15b970 | 3827 | // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself |
42e69d6b | 3828 | if ( win ) |
564b2609 | 3829 | { |
42e69d6b | 3830 | return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
564b2609 | 3831 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3832 | |
2b15b970 VZ |
3833 | // VZ: why did we do it? normally this is unnecessary and, besides, it |
3834 | // breaks the message processing for the toolbars because the tooltip | |
3835 | // notifications were being forwarded to the toolbar child controls | |
3836 | // (if it had any) before being passed to the toolbar itself, so in my | |
3837 | // example the tooltip for the combobox was always shown instead of the | |
3838 | // correct button tooltips | |
3839 | #if 0 | |
42e69d6b | 3840 | // try all our children |
222ed1d6 | 3841 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b | 3842 | while ( node ) |
564b2609 | 3843 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3844 | wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); |
3845 | if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) ) | |
3846 | { | |
08158721 | 3847 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 3848 | } |
2d0a075d | 3849 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3850 | node = node->GetNext(); |
3851 | } | |
2b15b970 | 3852 | #endif // 0 |
2d0a075d | 3853 | |
2b15b970 | 3854 | // by default, handle it ourselves |
42e69d6b | 3855 | return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
cd4453e5 | 3856 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
08158721 | 3857 | return false; |
04ef50df | 3858 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 3859 | } |
2d0a075d | 3860 | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3861 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3862 | ||
3863 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code, | |
3864 | WXLPARAM lParam, | |
3865 | const wxString& ttip) | |
3866 | { | |
3867 | // I don't know why it happens, but the versions of comctl32.dll starting | |
3868 | // from 4.70 sometimes send TTN_NEEDTEXTW even to ANSI programs (normally, | |
3869 | // this message is supposed to be sent to Unicode programs only) -- hence | |
3870 | // we need to handle it as well, otherwise no tooltips will be shown in | |
3871 | // this case | |
7f0586ef | 3872 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
118208ac VZ |
3873 | if ( !(code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA || code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW) |
3874 | || ttip.empty() ) | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3875 | { |
3876 | // not a tooltip message or no tooltip to show anyhow | |
08158721 | 3877 | return false; |
bd9cd534 | 3878 | } |
7f0586ef | 3879 | #endif |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3880 | |
3881 | LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam; | |
3882 | ||
118208ac VZ |
3883 | // We don't want to use the szText buffer because it has a limit of 80 |
3884 | // bytes and this is not enough, especially for Unicode build where it | |
3885 | // limits the tooltip string length to only 40 characters | |
3886 | // | |
3887 | // The best would be, of course, to not impose any length limitations at | |
3888 | // all but then the buffer would have to be dynamic and someone would have | |
3889 | // to free it and we don't have the tooltip owner object here any more, so | |
3890 | // for now use our own static buffer with a higher fixed max length. | |
3891 | // | |
3892 | // Note that using a static buffer should not be a problem as only a single | |
3893 | // tooltip can be shown at the same time anyhow. | |
2b5f62a0 | 3894 | #if !wxUSE_UNICODE |
118208ac | 3895 | if ( code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW ) |
bd9cd534 | 3896 | { |
118208ac VZ |
3897 | // We need to convert tooltip from multi byte to Unicode on the fly. |
3898 | static wchar_t buf[513]; | |
25c46fda | 3899 | |
118208ac VZ |
3900 | // Truncate tooltip length if needed as otherwise we might not have |
3901 | // enough space for it in the buffer and MultiByteToWideChar() would | |
3902 | // return an error | |
fec9cc08 | 3903 | size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.length(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1); |
7afebc8c JS |
3904 | |
3905 | // Convert to WideChar without adding the NULL character. The NULL | |
25c46fda | 3906 | // character is added afterwards (this is more efficient). |
118208ac VZ |
3907 | int len = ::MultiByteToWideChar |
3908 | ( | |
3909 | CP_ACP, | |
3910 | 0, // no flags | |
b05fde97 | 3911 | ttip.wx_str(), |
118208ac VZ |
3912 | tipLength, |
3913 | buf, | |
3914 | WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1 | |
3915 | ); | |
3916 | ||
3917 | if ( !len ) | |
3918 | { | |
9a83f860 | 3919 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MultiByteToWideChar()")); |
118208ac | 3920 | } |
7afebc8c | 3921 | |
118208ac VZ |
3922 | buf[len] = L'\0'; |
3923 | ttText->lpszText = (LPSTR) buf; | |
3924 | } | |
3925 | else // TTN_NEEDTEXTA | |
3926 | #endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE | |
3927 | { | |
3928 | // we get here if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTA (only happens in ANSI build) or | |
3929 | // if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTW in Unicode build: in this case we just have | |
3930 | // to copy the string we have into the buffer | |
3931 | static wxChar buf[513]; | |
e408bf52 | 3932 | wxStrlcpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf)); |
118208ac | 3933 | ttText->lpszText = buf; |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3934 | } |
3935 | ||
08158721 | 3936 | return true; |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3937 | } |
3938 | ||
3939 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
3940 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3941 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl), |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3942 | WXLPARAM lParam, |
3943 | WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result)) | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3944 | { |
3945 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
bd9cd534 | 3946 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
42e69d6b | 3947 | { |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3948 | NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam; |
3949 | if ( HandleTooltipNotify(hdr->code, lParam, m_tooltip->GetTip())) | |
3950 | { | |
3951 | // processed | |
08158721 | 3952 | return true; |
bd9cd534 | 3953 | } |
42e69d6b | 3954 | } |
f5dd1cf1 WS |
3955 | #else |
3956 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3957 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3958 | ||
08158721 | 3959 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 3960 | } |
2b15b970 | 3961 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3962 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3963 | // end session messages | |
3964 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 3965 | |
1e6feb95 | 3966 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd) |
42e69d6b | 3967 | { |
040e5f77 | 3968 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
abb74e0f | 3969 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3970 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3971 | event.SetCanVeto(true); |
a17e237f | 3972 | event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF); |
2d0a075d | 3973 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3974 | bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); |
3975 | ||
3976 | if ( rc ) | |
3977 | { | |
3978 | // we may end only if the app didn't veto session closing (double | |
3979 | // negation...) | |
3980 | *mayEnd = !event.GetVeto(); | |
2d0a075d JS |
3981 | } |
3982 | ||
42e69d6b | 3983 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 3984 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3985 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); |
3986 | wxUnusedVar(mayEnd); | |
08158721 | 3987 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3988 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3989 | } |
3990 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3991 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff) |
2bda0e17 | 3992 | { |
040e5f77 | 3993 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
42e69d6b VZ |
3994 | // do nothing if the session isn't ending |
3995 | if ( !endSession ) | |
08158721 | 3996 | return false; |
a23fd0e1 | 3997 | |
519dc37f VZ |
3998 | // only send once |
3999 | if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) ) | |
08158721 | 4000 | return false; |
519dc37f | 4001 | |
abb74e0f | 4002 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 4003 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 4004 | event.SetCanVeto(false); |
f801d19a | 4005 | event.SetLoggingOff((logOff & ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) != 0); |
519dc37f VZ |
4006 | |
4007 | return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); | |
7f0586ef | 4008 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
4009 | wxUnusedVar(endSession); |
4010 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); | |
08158721 | 4011 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 4012 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
4013 | } |
4014 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4015 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4016 | // window creation/destruction | |
4017 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4018 | ||
0c0d1521 WS |
4019 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(cs), |
4020 | bool *mayCreate) | |
61179e28 | 4021 | { |
ee471817 VZ |
4022 | // VZ: why is this commented out for WinCE? If it doesn't support |
4023 | // WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT at all it should be somehow handled globally, | |
4024 | // not with multiple #ifdef's! | |
7f0586ef | 4025 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
61179e28 | 4026 | if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) |
ee471817 VZ |
4027 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); |
4028 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
61179e28 | 4029 | |
08158721 | 4030 | *mayCreate = true; |
42e69d6b | 4031 | |
08158721 | 4032 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4033 | } |
4034 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4035 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy() |
2bda0e17 | 4036 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4037 | // delete our drop target if we've got one |
4038 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
4039 | if ( m_dropTarget != NULL ) | |
2d0a075d | 4040 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4041 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); |
4042 | ||
5276b0a5 | 4043 | wxDELETE(m_dropTarget); |
2d0a075d | 4044 | } |
42e69d6b | 4045 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2bda0e17 | 4046 | |
42e69d6b | 4047 | // WM_DESTROY handled |
08158721 | 4048 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4049 | } |
4050 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4051 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4052 | // activation/focus | |
4053 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4054 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4055 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state, |
42e69d6b VZ |
4056 | bool WXUNUSED(minimized), |
4057 | WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4058 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4059 | wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, |
4060 | (state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE), | |
4061 | m_windowId); | |
4062 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4063 | ||
937013e0 | 4064 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4065 | } |
4066 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4067 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 4068 | { |
c7aee865 RD |
4069 | // Strangly enough, some controls get set focus events when they are being |
4070 | // deleted, even if they already had focus before. | |
4071 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
4072 | { | |
4073 | return false; | |
4074 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 4075 | |
456bc6d9 VZ |
4076 | // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation |
4077 | // purposes that we got it | |
e72aa7f5 | 4078 | wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this); |
937013e0 | 4079 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(eventFocus); |
456bc6d9 | 4080 | |
789295bf | 4081 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4082 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 4083 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 4084 | { |
789295bf | 4085 | m_caret->OnSetFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 4086 | } |
789295bf | 4087 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4088 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4089 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
4090 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4091 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4092 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
4093 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
4094 | ||
937013e0 | 4095 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4096 | } |
4097 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4098 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 4099 | { |
789295bf | 4100 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4101 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 4102 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 4103 | { |
789295bf | 4104 | m_caret->OnKillFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 4105 | } |
789295bf | 4106 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4107 | |
2913e597 RD |
4108 | // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted. This can |
4109 | // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object. | |
4110 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
4111 | { | |
08158721 | 4112 | return false; |
2913e597 RD |
4113 | } |
4114 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4115 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
4116 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4117 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4118 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
4119 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
4120 | ||
937013e0 | 4121 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4122 | } |
4123 | ||
faa49bfd WS |
4124 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4125 | // labels | |
4126 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4127 | ||
4128 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLabel( const wxString& label) | |
4129 | { | |
4130 | SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), label.c_str()); | |
4131 | } | |
4132 | ||
4133 | wxString wxWindowMSW::GetLabel() const | |
4134 | { | |
4135 | return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND()); | |
4136 | } | |
4137 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4138 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4139 | // miscellaneous | |
4140 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4141 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4142 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status)) |
2bda0e17 | 4143 | { |
42e69d6b | 4144 | wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show); |
687706f5 | 4145 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b | 4146 | |
937013e0 | 4147 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4148 | } |
4149 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4150 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus)) |
2bda0e17 | 4151 | { |
42e69d6b | 4152 | wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId()); |
687706f5 | 4153 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b | 4154 | |
937013e0 | 4155 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4156 | } |
4157 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4158 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam) |
2bda0e17 | 4159 | { |
7f0586ef | 4160 | #if defined (__WXMICROWIN__) || defined(__WXWINCE__) |
35bbb0c6 | 4161 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); |
08158721 | 4162 | return false; |
4ce1efe1 | 4163 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4164 | HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4165 | |
4166 | // Get the total number of files dropped | |
c3c39620 | 4167 | UINT gwFilesDropped = ::DragQueryFile |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4168 | ( |
4169 | (HDROP)hFilesInfo, | |
4170 | (UINT)-1, | |
4171 | (LPTSTR)0, | |
4172 | (UINT)0 | |
4173 | ); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4174 | |
4175 | wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped]; | |
c3c39620 | 4176 | for ( UINT wIndex = 0; wIndex < gwFilesDropped; wIndex++ ) |
2d0a075d | 4177 | { |
c3c39620 VZ |
4178 | // first get the needed buffer length (+1 for terminating NUL) |
4179 | size_t len = ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, NULL, 0) + 1; | |
4180 | ||
4181 | // and now get the file name | |
4182 | ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, | |
de564874 | 4183 | wxStringBuffer(files[wIndex], len), len); |
2d0a075d | 4184 | } |
2bda0e17 | 4185 | |
42e69d6b | 4186 | wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files); |
687706f5 | 4187 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
c3c39620 VZ |
4188 | |
4189 | POINT dropPoint; | |
4190 | DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint); | |
b3dc8a3e VZ |
4191 | event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x; |
4192 | event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y; | |
42e69d6b | 4193 | |
fe8f9ad7 VZ |
4194 | DragFinish(hFilesInfo); |
4195 | ||
937013e0 | 4196 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
04ef50df | 4197 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
4198 | } |
4199 | ||
cc972ac6 | 4200 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4201 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd), |
4202 | short nHitTest, | |
4203 | int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4204 | { |
04ef50df | 4205 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
bfbd6dc1 | 4206 | // the logic is as follows: |
46753a7c VZ |
4207 | // 0. if we're busy, set the busy cursor (even for non client elements) |
4208 | // 1. don't set custom cursor for non client area of enabled windows | |
4209 | // 2. ask user EVT_SET_CURSOR handler for the cursor | |
4210 | // 3. if still no cursor but we're in a TLW, set the global cursor | |
42e69d6b | 4211 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4212 | HCURSOR hcursor = 0; |
4213 | if ( wxIsBusy() ) | |
43b5058d | 4214 | { |
46753a7c | 4215 | hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor(); |
43b5058d | 4216 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4217 | else // not busy |
4218 | { | |
4219 | if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT ) | |
4220 | return false; | |
43b5058d | 4221 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4222 | // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very |
4223 | // specific way (for example, depending on the current position) | |
4224 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 | 4225 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
46753a7c | 4226 | if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt)) |
f2325516 | 4227 | #else |
46753a7c | 4228 | if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) ) |
3fca879c | 4229 | #endif |
46753a7c VZ |
4230 | { |
4231 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos")); | |
4232 | } | |
43b5058d | 4233 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4234 | int x = pt.x, |
4235 | y = pt.y; | |
4236 | ScreenToClient(&x, &y); | |
4237 | wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y); | |
564af280 RD |
4238 | event.SetId(GetId()); |
4239 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
42e69d6b | 4240 | |
937013e0 | 4241 | bool processedEvtSetCursor = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
46753a7c | 4242 | if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 4243 | { |
46753a7c | 4244 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor()); |
bfbd6dc1 | 4245 | } |
43b5058d | 4246 | |
46753a7c | 4247 | if ( !hcursor ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 4248 | { |
46753a7c VZ |
4249 | // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using |
4250 | // m_cursor if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned | |
4251 | // nothing from it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't | |
4252 | // be used for this point | |
4253 | if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.Ok() ) | |
42e69d6b | 4254 | { |
46753a7c | 4255 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor); |
43b5058d | 4256 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4257 | |
4258 | if ( !hcursor && !GetParent() ) | |
43b5058d VZ |
4259 | { |
4260 | const wxCursor *cursor = wxGetGlobalCursor(); | |
4261 | if ( cursor && cursor->Ok() ) | |
4262 | { | |
4263 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(*cursor); | |
4264 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4265 | } |
4266 | } | |
4267 | } | |
4268 | ||
46753a7c | 4269 | |
bfbd6dc1 VZ |
4270 | if ( hcursor ) |
4271 | { | |
4272 | ::SetCursor(hcursor); | |
4273 | ||
4274 | // cursor set, stop here | |
08158721 | 4275 | return true; |
bfbd6dc1 | 4276 | } |
cd4453e5 VZ |
4277 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4278 | ||
3ca6a5f0 | 4279 | // pass up the window chain |
08158721 | 4280 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4281 | } |
4282 | ||
dbc74bcc | 4283 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePower(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(wParam), |
355debca | 4284 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam), |
dbc74bcc | 4285 | bool *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(vetoed)) |
355debca | 4286 | { |
dbc74bcc WS |
4287 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
4288 | // FIXME | |
4289 | return false; | |
4290 | #else | |
355debca VZ |
4291 | wxEventType evtType; |
4292 | switch ( wParam ) | |
4293 | { | |
4294 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND: | |
4295 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING; | |
4296 | break; | |
4297 | ||
4298 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPENDFAILED: | |
4299 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL; | |
4300 | break; | |
4301 | ||
4302 | case PBT_APMSUSPEND: | |
4303 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED; | |
4304 | break; | |
4305 | ||
4306 | case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND: | |
4307 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_RESUME; | |
4308 | break; | |
4309 | ||
4310 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 4311 | wxLogDebug(wxT("Unknown WM_POWERBROADCAST(%d) event"), wParam); |
355debca VZ |
4312 | // fall through |
4313 | ||
4314 | // these messages are currently not mapped to wx events | |
4315 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBY: | |
4316 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBYFAILED: | |
4317 | case PBT_APMSTANDBY: | |
4318 | case PBT_APMRESUMESTANDBY: | |
4319 | case PBT_APMBATTERYLOW: | |
4320 | case PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE: | |
4321 | case PBT_APMOEMEVENT: | |
355debca | 4322 | case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL: |
55cd5d10 VZ |
4323 | #ifdef PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC |
4324 | case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC: | |
4325 | #endif | |
355debca VZ |
4326 | evtType = wxEVT_NULL; |
4327 | break; | |
4328 | } | |
4329 | ||
4330 | // don't handle unknown messages | |
4331 | if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL ) | |
4332 | return false; | |
4333 | ||
4334 | // TODO: notify about PBTF_APMRESUMEFROMFAILURE in case of resume events? | |
4335 | ||
4336 | wxPowerEvent event(evtType); | |
937013e0 | 4337 | if ( !HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
355debca VZ |
4338 | return false; |
4339 | ||
4340 | *vetoed = event.IsVetoed(); | |
4341 | ||
4342 | return true; | |
dbc74bcc | 4343 | #endif |
355debca VZ |
4344 | } |
4345 | ||
2e992e06 VZ |
4346 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsDoubleBuffered() const |
4347 | { | |
75e8e6dc | 4348 | for ( const wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
d66d0500 | 4349 | { |
75e8e6dc | 4350 | if ( wxHasWindowExStyle(win, WS_EX_COMPOSITED) ) |
2e992e06 | 4351 | return true; |
75e8e6dc VZ |
4352 | |
4353 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
4354 | break; | |
4355 | } | |
d66d0500 | 4356 | |
2e992e06 VZ |
4357 | return false; |
4358 | } | |
4359 | ||
f60ca3e2 RD |
4360 | void wxWindowMSW::SetDoubleBuffered(bool on) |
4361 | { | |
4362 | // Get the current extended style bits | |
d66d0500 | 4363 | long exstyle = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
f60ca3e2 RD |
4364 | |
4365 | // Twiddle the bit as needed | |
4366 | if ( on ) | |
4367 | exstyle |= WS_EX_COMPOSITED; | |
4368 | else | |
4369 | exstyle &= ~WS_EX_COMPOSITED; | |
4370 | ||
4371 | // put it back | |
d66d0500 | 4372 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, exstyle); |
f60ca3e2 RD |
4373 | } |
4374 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4375 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4376 | // owner drawn stuff | |
4377 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4378 | ||
61fef19b VZ |
4379 | #if (wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE) || \ |
4380 | (wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) | |
4381 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) param | |
4382 | #else | |
4383 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) | |
4384 | #endif | |
4385 | ||
4386 | bool | |
4387 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(id), | |
4388 | WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(itemStruct)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4389 | { |
4286a5b5 | 4390 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4391 | |
4392 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
42e69d6b | 4393 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4394 | DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4395 | if ( id == 0 && pDrawStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
42e69d6b | 4396 | { |
42e69d6b | 4397 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData); |
03cef643 | 4398 | |
2d29bf54 JS |
4399 | // see comment before the same test in MSWOnMeasureItem() below |
4400 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4401 | return false; | |
4402 | ||
4403 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
9a83f860 | 4404 | false, wxT("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4405 | |
7561aacd VZ |
4406 | // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent |
4407 | // the DC from being released | |
4408 | wxDCTemp dc((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4409 | wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top, |
4410 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, | |
4411 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top); | |
4412 | ||
4413 | return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem | |
7561aacd VZ |
4414 | ( |
4415 | dc, | |
4416 | rect, | |
4417 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction, | |
4418 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState | |
4419 | ); | |
42e69d6b | 4420 | } |
1e6feb95 | 4421 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4422 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4423 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
4424 | ||
6a89f9ee | 4425 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c8e4fa8b | 4426 | |
c8e4fa8b | 4427 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d | 4428 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
567be187 | 4429 | #else // !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d VS |
4430 | // we may still have owner-drawn buttons internally because we have to make |
4431 | // them owner-drawn to support colour change | |
35bbb0c6 | 4432 | wxControl *item = |
095b80e2 WS |
4433 | # if wxUSE_BUTTON |
4434 | wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxButton) | |
4435 | # else | |
4436 | NULL | |
4437 | # endif | |
4438 | ; | |
cd0b1709 | 4439 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
567be187 VZ |
4440 | |
4441 | if ( item ) | |
4442 | { | |
4443 | return item->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct); | |
4444 | } | |
4286a5b5 | 4445 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4446 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
4447 | ||
08158721 | 4448 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4449 | } |
4450 | ||
61fef19b | 4451 | bool |
d1d276f2 | 4452 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct) |
2bda0e17 | 4453 | { |
61fef19b | 4454 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4455 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4456 | MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4457 | if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
2d0a075d | 4458 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4459 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData); |
4460 | ||
b6afa1a3 VZ |
4461 | // according to Carsten Fuchs the pointer may be NULL under XP if an |
4462 | // MDI child frame is initially maximized, see this for more info: | |
4463 | // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.general/27745 | |
4464 | // | |
4465 | // so silently ignore it instead of asserting | |
4466 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4467 | return false; | |
4468 | ||
4469 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
9a83f860 | 4470 | false, wxT("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4471 | |
975b6bcf VZ |
4472 | size_t w, h; |
4473 | bool rc = pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&w, &h); | |
4474 | ||
4475 | pMeasureStruct->itemWidth = w; | |
4476 | pMeasureStruct->itemHeight = h; | |
4477 | ||
4478 | return rc; | |
2d0a075d | 4479 | } |
42e69d6b | 4480 | |
567be187 VZ |
4481 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
4482 | if ( item ) | |
42e69d6b | 4483 | { |
567be187 | 4484 | return item->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct); |
42e69d6b | 4485 | } |
d1d276f2 WS |
4486 | #else |
4487 | wxUnusedVar(id); | |
4488 | wxUnusedVar(itemStruct); | |
4489 | #endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
567be187 | 4490 | |
08158721 | 4491 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4492 | } |
4493 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4494 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4495 | // colours and palettes | |
4496 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 4497 | |
1e6feb95 | 4498 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange() |
2bda0e17 | 4499 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4500 | wxSysColourChangedEvent event; |
4501 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4502 | ||
937013e0 | 4503 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
23895080 VZ |
4504 | |
4505 | // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the | |
4506 | // native controls to react to the colours update | |
08158721 | 4507 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4508 | } |
4509 | ||
574c939e KB |
4510 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange() |
4511 | { | |
4512 | wxDisplayChangedEvent event; | |
4513 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4514 | ||
937013e0 | 4515 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
574c939e KB |
4516 | } |
4517 | ||
04ef50df | 4518 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4519 | |
1a784dfc | 4520 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd) |
01c500af | 4521 | { |
3d74a760 | 4522 | #if !wxUSE_CONTROLS || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
43bfb798 | 4523 | wxUnusedVar(hDC); |
3d74a760 WS |
4524 | wxUnusedVar(hWnd); |
4525 | #else | |
2bae4332 | 4526 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItemByHWND(hWnd, true), wxControl); |
c3732409 | 4527 | |
01c500af | 4528 | if ( item ) |
1a784dfc | 4529 | *brush = item->MSWControlColor(hDC, hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 4530 | else |
1e6feb95 | 4531 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
01c500af | 4532 | *brush = NULL; |
42e69d6b | 4533 | |
01c500af | 4534 | return *brush != NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4535 | } |
4536 | ||
01c500af VZ |
4537 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4538 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4539 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange) |
42e69d6b | 4540 | { |
574c939e | 4541 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE |
b95edd47 VZ |
4542 | // same as below except we don't respond to our own messages |
4543 | if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() ) | |
4544 | { | |
574c939e | 4545 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette |
fa21d338 | 4546 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
b95edd47 VZ |
4547 | while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() ) |
4548 | { | |
4549 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
4550 | } | |
4551 | ||
4552 | if ( win && win->HasCustomPalette() ) | |
4553 | { | |
4554 | // realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed | |
4555 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) hWndPalChange); | |
4556 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4557 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
574c939e KB |
4558 | |
4559 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
b95edd47 VZ |
4560 | |
4561 | // restore the palette (before releasing the DC) | |
4562 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4563 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
4564 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4565 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) hWndPalChange, hdc); | |
4566 | ||
4567 | // now check for the need to redraw | |
574c939e | 4568 | if (result > 0) |
08158721 | 4569 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE); |
574c939e | 4570 | } |
b95edd47 VZ |
4571 | |
4572 | } | |
4573 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE | |
574c939e | 4574 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4575 | wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId()); |
4576 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4577 | event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange)); | |
2d0a075d | 4578 | |
937013e0 | 4579 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4580 | } |
4581 | ||
a5e84126 JS |
4582 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture) |
4583 | { | |
63e819f2 VS |
4584 | // notify windows on the capture stack about lost capture |
4585 | // (see http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863): | |
72f8c792 | 4586 | wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost(); |
a5e84126 | 4587 | |
72f8c792 | 4588 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture); |
63e819f2 VS |
4589 | wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), win); |
4590 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 4591 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
a5e84126 JS |
4592 | } |
4593 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4594 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
4595 | { | |
4596 | // despite MSDN saying "(This message cannot be sent directly to a window.)" | |
4597 | // we need to send this to child windows (it is only sent to top-level | |
4598 | // windows) so {list,tree}ctrls can adjust their font size if necessary | |
4599 | // this is exactly how explorer does it to enable the font size changes | |
4600 | ||
4601 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
4602 | while ( node ) | |
4603 | { | |
4604 | // top-level windows already get this message from the system | |
4605 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4606 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
4607 | { | |
4608 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETTINGCHANGE, wParam, lParam); | |
4609 | } | |
4610 | ||
4611 | node = node->GetNext(); | |
4612 | } | |
4613 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4614 | // let the system handle it |
4615 | return false; | |
4616 | } | |
4617 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4618 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette() |
42e69d6b | 4619 | { |
574c939e KB |
4620 | |
4621 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE | |
4622 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette | |
fa21d338 | 4623 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
574c939e KB |
4624 | while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent(); |
4625 | if (win->HasCustomPalette()) { | |
4626 | /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */ | |
3a3c8603 | 4627 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) GetHWND()); |
574c939e | 4628 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) |
b95edd47 | 4629 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4630 | |
4631 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4632 | /* restore the palette (before releasing the DC) */ | |
4633 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) | |
b95edd47 | 4634 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), TRUE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4635 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); |
4636 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) GetHWND(), hdc); | |
4637 | /* now check for the need to redraw */ | |
4638 | if (result > 0) | |
4639 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, TRUE); | |
4640 | } | |
b95edd47 | 4641 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE |
574c939e | 4642 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4643 | wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId()); |
4644 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4645 | ||
937013e0 | 4646 | return HandleWindowEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4647 | } |
4648 | ||
4649 | // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children. | |
574c939e | 4650 | void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) |
42e69d6b | 4651 | { |
90c1530a VZ |
4652 | // the top level window also reset the standard colour map as it might have |
4653 | // changed (there is no need to do it for the non top level windows as we | |
4654 | // only have to do it once) | |
4655 | if ( IsTopLevel() ) | |
4656 | { | |
4657 | // FIXME-MT | |
08158721 | 4658 | gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 4659 | } |
222ed1d6 | 4660 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4661 | while ( node ) |
4662 | { | |
23895080 VZ |
4663 | // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already |
4664 | // sends this event to all top-level ones | |
4665 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4666 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
42e69d6b | 4667 | { |
23895080 VZ |
4668 | // we need to send the real WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE and not just trigger |
4669 | // EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED call because the latter wouldn't work for | |
4670 | // the standard controls | |
4671 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0, 0); | |
564b2609 | 4672 | } |
42e69d6b | 4673 | |
23895080 VZ |
4674 | node = node->GetNext(); |
4675 | } | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4676 | } |
4677 | ||
90c1530a VZ |
4678 | extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap() |
4679 | { | |
4680 | static COLORREF s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4681 | static wxCOLORMAP s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4682 | ||
4683 | if ( !gs_hasStdCmap ) | |
4684 | { | |
08158721 | 4685 | static bool s_coloursInit = false; |
90c1530a VZ |
4686 | |
4687 | if ( !s_coloursInit ) | |
4688 | { | |
4689 | // When a bitmap is loaded, the RGB values can change (apparently | |
4690 | // because Windows adjusts them to care for the old programs always | |
4691 | // using 0xc0c0c0 while the transparent colour for the new Windows | |
4692 | // versions is different). But we do this adjustment ourselves so | |
4693 | // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a | |
4694 | // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change | |
4695 | // to. | |
e5dbcb50 | 4696 | wxLogNull logNo; // suppress error if we couldn't load the bitmap |
9a83f860 | 4697 | wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(wxT("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS")); |
90c1530a VZ |
4698 | if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() ) |
4699 | { | |
4700 | // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX! | |
4701 | wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX, | |
9a83f860 | 4702 | wxT("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") ); |
90c1530a VZ |
4703 | |
4704 | wxMemoryDC memDC; | |
4705 | memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap); | |
4706 | ||
4707 | wxColour colour; | |
4708 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(s_stdColours); i++ ) | |
4709 | { | |
4710 | memDC.GetPixel(i, 0, &colour); | |
4711 | s_stdColours[i] = wxColourToRGB(colour); | |
4712 | } | |
4713 | } | |
4714 | else // wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS couldn't be loaded | |
4715 | { | |
4716 | s_stdColours[0] = RGB(000,000,000); // black | |
4717 | s_stdColours[1] = RGB(128,128,128); // dark grey | |
4718 | s_stdColours[2] = RGB(192,192,192); // light grey | |
4719 | s_stdColours[3] = RGB(255,255,255); // white | |
4720 | //s_stdColours[4] = RGB(000,000,255); // blue | |
4721 | //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255); // magenta | |
4722 | } | |
4723 | ||
08158721 | 4724 | s_coloursInit = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4725 | } |
4726 | ||
08158721 | 4727 | gs_hasStdCmap = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4728 | |
4729 | // create the colour map | |
4730 | #define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \ | |
4731 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].from = s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_##col]; \ | |
4732 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].to = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_##col) | |
4733 | ||
4734 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNTEXT); | |
4735 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNSHADOW); | |
4736 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNFACE); | |
4737 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNHIGHLIGHT); | |
4738 | ||
4739 | #undef INIT_CMAP_ENTRY | |
4740 | } | |
4741 | ||
4742 | return s_cmap; | |
4743 | } | |
4744 | ||
a5b1be33 JS |
4745 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME && !defined(TMT_FILLCOLOR) |
4746 | #define TMT_FILLCOLOR 3802 | |
4747 | #define TMT_TEXTCOLOR 3803 | |
4748 | #define TMT_BORDERCOLOR 3801 | |
4749 | #endif | |
4750 | ||
4751 | wxColour wxWindowMSW::MSWGetThemeColour(const wchar_t *themeName, | |
4752 | int themePart, | |
4753 | int themeState, | |
4754 | MSWThemeColour themeColour, | |
108694fe | 4755 | wxSystemColour fallback) const |
a5b1be33 JS |
4756 | { |
4757 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
4758 | const wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
4759 | if ( theme ) | |
4760 | { | |
4761 | int themeProperty = 0; | |
4762 | ||
4763 | // TODO: Convert this into a table? Sure would be faster. | |
4764 | switch ( themeColour ) | |
4765 | { | |
4766 | case ThemeColourBackground: | |
4767 | themeProperty = TMT_FILLCOLOR; | |
4768 | break; | |
4769 | case ThemeColourText: | |
4770 | themeProperty = TMT_TEXTCOLOR; | |
4771 | break; | |
4772 | case ThemeColourBorder: | |
4773 | themeProperty = TMT_BORDERCOLOR; | |
4774 | break; | |
4775 | default: | |
4776 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported theme colour")); | |
4777 | }; | |
4778 | ||
108694fe | 4779 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, themeName); |
a5b1be33 JS |
4780 | COLORREF col; |
4781 | HRESULT hr = theme->GetThemeColor | |
4782 | ( | |
4783 | hTheme, | |
4784 | themePart, | |
4785 | themeState, | |
4786 | themeProperty, | |
4787 | &col | |
4788 | ); | |
4789 | ||
4790 | if ( SUCCEEDED(hr) ) | |
4791 | return wxRGBToColour(col); | |
4792 | ||
4793 | wxLogApiError( | |
4794 | wxString::Format( | |
4795 | "GetThemeColor(%s, %i, %i, %i)", | |
4796 | themeName, themePart, themeState, themeProperty), | |
4797 | hr); | |
4798 | } | |
b9de6a21 JS |
4799 | #else |
4800 | wxUnusedVar(themeName); | |
4801 | wxUnusedVar(themePart); | |
4802 | wxUnusedVar(themeState); | |
4803 | wxUnusedVar(themeColour); | |
a5b1be33 JS |
4804 | #endif |
4805 | return wxSystemSettings::GetColour(fallback); | |
4806 | } | |
4807 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4808 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4809 | // painting | |
4810 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4811 | ||
7ca106e8 VZ |
4812 | // this variable is used to check that a paint event handler which processed |
4813 | // the event did create a wxPaintDC inside its code and called BeginPaint() to | |
4814 | // validate the invalidated window area as otherwise we'd keep getting an | |
4815 | // endless stream of WM_PAINT messages for this window resulting in a lot of | |
4816 | // difficult to debug problems (e.g. impossibility to repaint other windows, | |
4817 | // lack of timer and idle events and so on) | |
0369a9fe VZ |
4818 | extern bool wxDidCreatePaintDC; |
4819 | bool wxDidCreatePaintDC = false; | |
7ca106e8 | 4820 | |
1e6feb95 | 4821 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint() |
2bda0e17 | 4822 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4823 | HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle |
4824 | if ( !hRegion ) | |
43b2d5e7 | 4825 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 4826 | wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn")); |
43b2d5e7 | 4827 | } |
42e69d6b | 4828 | if ( ::GetUpdateRgn(GetHwnd(), hRegion, FALSE) == ERROR ) |
43b2d5e7 | 4829 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 4830 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn")); |
43b2d5e7 | 4831 | } |
c085e333 | 4832 | |
42e69d6b | 4833 | m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion); |
c085e333 | 4834 | |
7ca106e8 VZ |
4835 | wxDidCreatePaintDC = false; |
4836 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4837 | wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId); |
4838 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2bda0e17 | 4839 | |
937013e0 | 4840 | bool processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
1e6feb95 | 4841 | |
7ca106e8 VZ |
4842 | if ( processed && !wxDidCreatePaintDC ) |
4843 | { | |
4844 | // do call MSWDefWindowProc() to validate the update region to avoid | |
4845 | // the problems mentioned above | |
4846 | processed = false; | |
4847 | } | |
4848 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4849 | // note that we must generate NC event after the normal one as otherwise |
4850 | // BeginPaint() will happily overwrite our decorations with the background | |
4851 | // colour | |
4852 | wxNcPaintEvent eventNc(m_windowId); | |
4853 | eventNc.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 4854 | HandleWindowEvent(eventNc); |
1e6feb95 | 4855 | |
90df6033 VZ |
4856 | // don't keep an HRGN we don't need any longer (GetUpdateRegion() can only |
4857 | // be called from inside the event handlers called above) | |
4858 | m_updateRegion.Clear(); | |
4859 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4860 | return processed; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4861 | } |
4862 | ||
63da7df7 | 4863 | // Can be called from an application's OnPaint handler |
1e6feb95 | 4864 | void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) |
63da7df7 | 4865 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4866 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4867 | event.Skip(); | |
4868 | #else | |
888dde65 | 4869 | HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDCImpl::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject()); |
63da7df7 JS |
4870 | if (hDC != 0) |
4871 | { | |
4872 | MSWDefWindowProc(WM_PAINT, (WPARAM) hDC, 0); | |
4873 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 4874 | #endif |
63da7df7 JS |
4875 | } |
4876 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4877 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc) |
8681b094 | 4878 | { |
c753eb92 | 4879 | switch ( GetBackgroundStyle() ) |
d57f1dd7 | 4880 | { |
c753eb92 | 4881 | case wxBG_STYLE_ERASE: |
b469c9d8 | 4882 | case wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR: |
c753eb92 VZ |
4883 | // we need to generate an erase background event |
4884 | { | |
4885 | wxDCTemp dc(hdc, GetClientSize()); | |
4886 | wxDCTempImpl *impl = (wxDCTempImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); | |
d57f1dd7 | 4887 | |
c753eb92 VZ |
4888 | impl->SetHDC(hdc); |
4889 | impl->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); | |
90df6033 | 4890 | |
c753eb92 VZ |
4891 | wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc); |
4892 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4893 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); | |
4894 | ||
4895 | // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for | |
4896 | // wxDCTemp | |
4897 | impl->SelectOldObjects(hdc); | |
4898 | ||
4899 | if ( rc ) | |
4900 | { | |
06393630 | 4901 | // background erased by the user-defined handler |
c753eb92 VZ |
4902 | return true; |
4903 | } | |
4904 | } | |
4905 | // fall through | |
4906 | ||
4907 | case wxBG_STYLE_SYSTEM: | |
4908 | if ( !DoEraseBackground(hdc) ) | |
4909 | { | |
4910 | // let the default processing to take place if we didn't erase | |
4911 | // the background ourselves | |
4912 | return false; | |
4913 | } | |
4914 | break; | |
4915 | ||
4916 | case wxBG_STYLE_PAINT: | |
b469c9d8 | 4917 | case wxBG_STYLE_TRANSPARENT: |
c753eb92 VZ |
4918 | // no need to do anything here at all, background will be entirely |
4919 | // redrawn in WM_PAINT handler | |
4920 | break; | |
4921 | ||
4922 | default: | |
4923 | wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown background style" ); | |
c5bd3c62 | 4924 | } |
c753eb92 VZ |
4925 | |
4926 | return true; | |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4927 | } |
4928 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
4929 | #ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK |
4930 | ||
4931 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWHasEraseBgHook() const | |
4932 | { | |
b93f4239 VZ |
4933 | return gs_eraseBgHooks.find(const_cast<wxWindowMSW *>(this)) |
4934 | != gs_eraseBgHooks.end(); | |
bec9bf3e VZ |
4935 | } |
4936 | ||
4937 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWSetEraseBgHook(wxWindow *child) | |
4938 | { | |
4939 | if ( child ) | |
4940 | { | |
4941 | if ( !gs_eraseBgHooks.insert( | |
4942 | EraseBgHooks::value_type(this, child)).second ) | |
4943 | { | |
4944 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Setting erase background hook twice?") ); | |
4945 | } | |
4946 | } | |
4947 | else // reset the hook | |
4948 | { | |
4949 | if ( gs_eraseBgHooks.erase(this) != 1 ) | |
4950 | { | |
4951 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Resetting erase background which was not set?") ); | |
4952 | } | |
4953 | } | |
4954 | } | |
4955 | ||
4956 | #endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
4957 | ||
c3732409 | 4958 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC) |
c581abbc | 4959 | { |
c3732409 VZ |
4960 | HBRUSH hbr = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(hDC); |
4961 | if ( !hbr ) | |
c581abbc VZ |
4962 | return false; |
4963 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
4964 | // erase just the client area of the window, this is important for the |
4965 | // frames to avoid drawing over the toolbar part of the window (you might | |
4966 | // think using WS_CLIPCHILDREN would prevent this from happening, but it | |
4967 | // clearly doesn't) | |
4968 | RECT rc; | |
4969 | wxCopyRectToRECT(GetClientRect(), rc); | |
4970 | ::FillRect((HDC)hDC, &rc, hbr); | |
c581abbc VZ |
4971 | |
4972 | return true; | |
4973 | } | |
4974 | ||
c3732409 | 4975 | WXHBRUSH |
ebfee179 VZ |
4976 | wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC), |
4977 | wxWindowMSW * WXUNUSED(child)) | |
c5bd3c62 | 4978 | { |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4979 | if ( m_hasBgCol ) |
4980 | { | |
ebfee179 VZ |
4981 | wxBrush * |
4982 | brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
c3732409 | 4983 | |
ebfee179 | 4984 | return (WXHBRUSH)GetHbrushOf(*brush); |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4985 | } |
4986 | ||
c3732409 | 4987 | return 0; |
c5bd3c62 | 4988 | } |
8681b094 | 4989 | |
ebfee179 | 4990 | WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC) |
bdd1a35d | 4991 | { |
c3732409 | 4992 | for ( wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
c5bd3c62 | 4993 | { |
ebfee179 | 4994 | WXHBRUSH hBrush = win->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, this); |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4995 | if ( hBrush ) |
4996 | return hBrush; | |
24cb4019 | 4997 | |
ebfee179 VZ |
4998 | // don't use the parent background if we're not transparent |
4999 | if ( !win->HasTransparentBackground() ) | |
5000 | break; | |
5001 | ||
c3732409 VZ |
5002 | // background is not inherited beyond top level windows |
5003 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
24cb4019 | 5004 | break; |
01c500af | 5005 | } |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
5006 | |
5007 | return 0; | |
8681b094 VZ |
5008 | } |
5009 | ||
b728a212 | 5010 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC) |
1a784dfc | 5011 | { |
b728a212 JG |
5012 | // we receive this message when DrawThemeParentBackground() is |
5013 | // called from def window proc of several controls under XP and we | |
5014 | // must draw properly themed background here | |
5015 | // | |
5016 | // note that naively I'd expect filling the client rect with the | |
5017 | // brush returned by MSWGetBgBrush() work -- but for some reason it | |
5018 | // doesn't and we have to call parents MSWPrintChild() which is | |
5019 | // supposed to call DrawThemeBackground() with appropriate params | |
5020 | // | |
5021 | // also note that in this case lParam == PRF_CLIENT but we're | |
5022 | // clearly expected to paint the background and nothing else! | |
5023 | ||
5024 | if ( IsTopLevel() || InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
5025 | return false; | |
5026 | ||
5027 | // sometimes we don't want the parent to handle it at all, instead | |
5028 | // return whatever value this window wants | |
5029 | if ( !MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() ) | |
5030 | return MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this); | |
5031 | ||
5032 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) | |
5033 | { | |
5034 | if ( win->MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this) ) | |
5035 | return true; | |
5036 | ||
5037 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() || win->InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
5038 | break; | |
5039 | } | |
5040 | ||
1a784dfc VZ |
5041 | return false; |
5042 | } | |
5043 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5044 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5045 | // moving and resizing | |
5046 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5047 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5048 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMinimize() |
42e69d6b VZ |
5049 | { |
5050 | wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId); | |
5051 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2d0a075d | 5052 | |
937013e0 | 5053 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5054 | } |
5055 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5056 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize() |
2bda0e17 | 5057 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5058 | wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId); |
5059 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 5060 | |
937013e0 | 5061 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b | 5062 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5063 | |
1e6feb95 | 5064 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y) |
42e69d6b | 5065 | { |
907173e5 WS |
5066 | wxPoint point(x,y); |
5067 | wxMoveEvent event(point, m_windowId); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5068 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
5069 | ||
937013e0 | 5070 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5071 | } |
5072 | ||
5706de1c JS |
5073 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect) |
5074 | { | |
5075 | wxMoveEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
5076 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 5077 | |
937013e0 | 5078 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5706de1c JS |
5079 | if (rc) |
5080 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
5081 | return rc; | |
5082 | } | |
5083 | ||
aa767a45 JS |
5084 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEnterSizeMove() |
5085 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 5086 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
5087 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_START); |
5088 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
5089 | ||
937013e0 | 5090 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
aa767a45 JS |
5091 | } |
5092 | ||
5093 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleExitSizeMove() | |
5094 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 5095 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
5096 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_END); |
5097 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
5098 | ||
937013e0 | 5099 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
aa767a45 JS |
5100 | } |
5101 | ||
4bc0f25e | 5102 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam) |
42e69d6b | 5103 | { |
6bd9b9f2 | 5104 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
c3723477 JS |
5105 | // when we resize this window, its children are probably going to be |
5106 | // repositioned as well, prepare to use DeferWindowPos() for them | |
5107 | int numChildren = 0; | |
5108 | for ( HWND child = ::GetWindow(GetHwndOf(this), GW_CHILD); | |
5109 | child; | |
5110 | child = ::GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT) ) | |
5111 | { | |
5112 | numChildren ++; | |
5113 | } | |
5114 | ||
3fca879c | 5115 | // Protect against valid m_hDWP being overwritten |
c3723477 JS |
5116 | bool useDefer = false; |
5117 | ||
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5118 | if ( numChildren > 1 ) |
5119 | { | |
c3723477 | 5120 | if (!m_hDWP) |
3fca879c | 5121 | { |
c3723477 JS |
5122 | m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)::BeginDeferWindowPos(numChildren); |
5123 | if ( !m_hDWP ) | |
5124 | { | |
9a83f860 | 5125 | wxLogLastError(wxT("BeginDeferWindowPos")); |
c3723477 JS |
5126 | } |
5127 | if (m_hDWP) | |
5128 | useDefer = true; | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5129 | } |
5130 | } | |
6bd9b9f2 | 5131 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
42e69d6b | 5132 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5133 | // update this window size |
5134 | bool processed = false; | |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5135 | switch ( wParam ) |
5136 | { | |
5137 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 5138 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") ); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5139 | // fall through nevertheless |
5140 | ||
5141 | case SIZE_MAXHIDE: | |
5142 | case SIZE_MAXSHOW: | |
5143 | // we're not interested in these messages at all | |
5144 | break; | |
5145 | ||
5146 | case SIZE_MINIMIZED: | |
5147 | processed = HandleMinimize(); | |
5148 | break; | |
5149 | ||
5150 | case SIZE_MAXIMIZED: | |
a4d1972d | 5151 | /* processed = */ HandleMaximize(); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5152 | // fall through to send a normal size event as well |
5153 | ||
5154 | case SIZE_RESTORED: | |
5155 | // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size | |
5156 | // while according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to | |
5157 | // receive the total size | |
5158 | wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId); | |
5159 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
5160 | ||
937013e0 | 5161 | processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5162 | } |
5163 | ||
6bd9b9f2 | 5164 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 5165 | // and finally change the positions of all child windows at once |
c3723477 | 5166 | if ( useDefer && m_hDWP ) |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5167 | { |
5168 | // reset m_hDWP to NULL so that child windows don't try to use our | |
5169 | // m_hDWP after we call EndDeferWindowPos() on it (this shouldn't | |
5170 | // happen anyhow normally but who knows what weird flow of control we | |
5171 | // may have depending on what the users EVT_SIZE handler does...) | |
5172 | HDWP hDWP = (HDWP)m_hDWP; | |
5173 | m_hDWP = NULL; | |
3fca879c | 5174 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5175 | // do put all child controls in place at once |
5176 | if ( !::EndDeferWindowPos(hDWP) ) | |
5177 | { | |
9a83f860 | 5178 | wxLogLastError(wxT("EndDeferWindowPos")); |
3f48c8e2 | 5179 | } |
c3723477 | 5180 | |
da78f3b1 | 5181 | // Reset our children's pending pos/size values. |
c3723477 JS |
5182 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
5183 | node; | |
5184 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
5185 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 VZ |
5186 | wxWindowMSW * const child = node->GetData(); |
5187 | child->MSWEndDeferWindowPos(); | |
c3723477 | 5188 | } |
3f48c8e2 | 5189 | } |
6bd9b9f2 | 5190 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 5191 | |
4bc0f25e | 5192 | return processed; |
42e69d6b VZ |
5193 | } |
5194 | ||
5706de1c JS |
5195 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSizing(wxRect& rect) |
5196 | { | |
5197 | wxSizeEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
5198 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 5199 | |
937013e0 | 5200 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5706de1c JS |
5201 | if (rc) |
5202 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
5203 | return rc; | |
5204 | } | |
5205 | ||
0c0d1521 | 5206 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(mmInfo)) |
42e69d6b | 5207 | { |
7f0586ef | 5208 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
08158721 | 5209 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 5210 | #else |
42e69d6b VZ |
5211 | MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo; |
5212 | ||
08158721 | 5213 | bool rc = false; |
b2d5a7ee | 5214 | |
e7dda1ff VS |
5215 | int minWidth = GetMinWidth(), |
5216 | minHeight = GetMinHeight(), | |
5217 | maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(), | |
5218 | maxHeight = GetMaxHeight(); | |
42e69d6b | 5219 | |
422d0ff0 | 5220 | if ( minWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
2d0a075d | 5221 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5222 | info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth; |
08158721 | 5223 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5224 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5225 | |
422d0ff0 | 5226 | if ( minHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5227 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5228 | info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight; |
08158721 | 5229 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5230 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5231 | |
422d0ff0 | 5232 | if ( maxWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5233 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5234 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth; |
08158721 | 5235 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5236 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5237 | |
422d0ff0 | 5238 | if ( maxHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5239 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5240 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight; |
08158721 | 5241 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5242 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5243 | |
42e69d6b | 5244 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 5245 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 5246 | } |
2d0a075d | 5247 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5248 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5249 | // command messages | |
5250 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5251 | ||
0edeeb6d | 5252 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id_, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control) |
42e69d6b | 5253 | { |
0edeeb6d VZ |
5254 | // sign extend to int from short before comparing with the other int ids |
5255 | int id = (signed short)id_; | |
5256 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5257 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
8c290175 | 5258 | if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5259 | { |
5260 | wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu; | |
5261 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; | |
5262 | ||
5263 | return popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id); | |
5264 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 5265 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 5266 | |
8c290175 | 5267 | wxWindow *win = NULL; |
71292fab VZ |
5268 | |
5269 | // first try to find it from HWND - this works even with the broken | |
5270 | // programs using the same ids for different controls | |
5271 | if ( control ) | |
42e69d6b | 5272 | { |
71292fab | 5273 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
b853f898 | 5274 | } |
2f4ef631 | 5275 | |
71292fab VZ |
5276 | // try the id |
5277 | if ( !win ) | |
b853f898 | 5278 | { |
0edeeb6d | 5279 | win = FindItem(id); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5280 | } |
5281 | ||
5282 | if ( win ) | |
b94ae1ea | 5283 | { |
42e69d6b | 5284 | return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id); |
b94ae1ea VZ |
5285 | } |
5286 | ||
5287 | // the messages sent from the in-place edit control used by the treectrl | |
5288 | // for label editing have id == 0, but they should _not_ be treated as menu | |
5289 | // messages (they are EN_XXX ones, in fact) so don't translate anything | |
5290 | // coming from a control to wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED | |
5291 | if ( !control ) | |
a84fc80b | 5292 | { |
a6ac49b1 | 5293 | wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, id); |
a84fc80b | 5294 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
a84fc80b | 5295 | event.SetInt(id); |
b94ae1ea | 5296 | |
937013e0 | 5297 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
a84fc80b | 5298 | } |
6fe19057 VZ |
5299 | else |
5300 | { | |
01d2bf4d | 5301 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
6fe19057 VZ |
5302 | // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND |
5303 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5304 | // wxSpinCtrl | |
5305 | wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control); | |
5306 | if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
08158721 | 5307 | return true; |
6fe19057 | 5308 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
42e69d6b | 5309 | |
01d2bf4d WS |
5310 | #if wxUSE_CHOICE && defined(__SMARTPHONE__) |
5311 | // the listbox ctrl which is logically part of wxChoice sends WM_COMMAND | |
5312 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5313 | // wxChoice | |
5314 | wxChoice *choice = wxChoice::GetChoiceForListBox(control); | |
5315 | if ( choice && choice->MSWCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
5316 | return true; | |
5317 | #endif | |
5318 | } | |
5319 | ||
08158721 | 5320 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
5321 | } |
5322 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5323 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5324 | // mouse events | |
5325 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5326 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5327 | void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, |
5328 | int x, int y, | |
5329 | WXUINT flags) | |
42e69d6b | 5330 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5331 | // our client coords are not quite the same as Windows ones |
5332 | wxPoint pt = GetClientAreaOrigin(); | |
5333 | event.m_x = x - pt.x; | |
5334 | event.m_y = y - pt.y; | |
5335 | ||
5336 | event.m_shiftDown = (flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0; | |
5337 | event.m_controlDown = (flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0; | |
5338 | event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0; | |
5339 | event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0; | |
5340 | event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5341 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5342 | event.m_aux1Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON1) != 0; |
5343 | event.m_aux2Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON2) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5344 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
6719c06a | 5345 | event.m_altDown = ::wxIsAltDown(); |
1e6feb95 | 5346 | |
f0b1ccde | 5347 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5348 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde JS |
5349 | #endif |
5350 | ||
687706f5 | 5351 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
fb35f0c7 | 5352 | event.SetId(GetId()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5353 | |
5354 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5355 | gs_lastMouseEvent.pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)); |
5356 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = event.GetEventType(); | |
42e69d6b | 5357 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK |
2bda0e17 KB |
5358 | } |
5359 | ||
42b1fb63 | 5360 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 VZ |
5361 | // Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are |
5362 | // transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns | |
5363 | // HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events | |
5364 | // and so we manually check if we don't have a child window under mouse and if | |
5365 | // we do, send the event to it instead of the window Windows had sent WM_XXX | |
5366 | // to. | |
5367 | // | |
5368 | // Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could | |
5369 | // (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts | |
5370 | // still don't get move, enter nor leave events. | |
42b1fb63 | 5371 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) |
dfafa702 | 5372 | { |
9a83f860 | 5373 | wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, wxT("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") ); |
dfafa702 VZ |
5374 | |
5375 | // first try to find a non transparent child: this allows us to send events | |
5376 | // to a static text which is inside a static box, for example | |
5377 | POINT pt = { *x, *y }; | |
5378 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win), | |
5379 | hwndUnderMouse; | |
5380 | ||
7f0586ef JS |
5381 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5382 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint | |
5383 | ( | |
5384 | hwnd, | |
5385 | pt | |
5386 | ); | |
5387 | #else | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5388 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx |
5389 | ( | |
5390 | hwnd, | |
5391 | pt, | |
5392 | CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE | | |
5393 | CWP_SKIPDISABLED | | |
5394 | CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT | |
5395 | ); | |
7f0586ef | 5396 | #endif |
dfafa702 VZ |
5397 | |
5398 | if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd ) | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5399 | { |
5400 | // now try any child window at all | |
5401 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt); | |
5402 | } | |
5403 | ||
5404 | // check that we have a child window which is susceptible to receive mouse | |
5405 | // events: for this it must be shown and enabled | |
5406 | if ( hwndUnderMouse && | |
5407 | hwndUnderMouse != hwnd && | |
5408 | ::IsWindowVisible(hwndUnderMouse) && | |
5409 | ::IsWindowEnabled(hwndUnderMouse) ) | |
5410 | { | |
dca0f651 | 5411 | wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwndUnderMouse); |
dfafa702 VZ |
5412 | if ( winUnderMouse ) |
5413 | { | |
5414 | // translate the mouse coords to the other window coords | |
5415 | win->ClientToScreen(x, y); | |
5416 | winUnderMouse->ScreenToClient(x, y); | |
5417 | ||
5418 | win = winUnderMouse; | |
5419 | } | |
5420 | } | |
5421 | ||
5422 | return win; | |
5423 | } | |
42b1fb63 | 5424 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 5425 | |
1e6feb95 | 5426 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5427 | { |
42e69d6b | 5428 | // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to |
34621cc5 | 5429 | // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to subtract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST |
42e69d6b VZ |
5430 | // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event |
5431 | // id | |
5432 | static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] = | |
5433 | { | |
5434 | wxEVT_MOTION, | |
5435 | wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, | |
5436 | wxEVT_LEFT_UP, | |
5437 | wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5438 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, | |
5439 | wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, | |
5440 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
5441 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, | |
5442 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, | |
01101e2d VZ |
5443 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, |
5444 | 0, // this one is for wxEVT_MOTION which is not used here | |
5445 | wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN, | |
5446 | wxEVT_AUX1_UP, | |
5447 | wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK, | |
5448 | wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN, | |
5449 | wxEVT_AUX2_UP, | |
5450 | wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK | |
42e69d6b | 5451 | }; |
2bda0e17 | 5452 | |
2f68482e | 5453 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5454 | // the same messages are used for both auxillary mouse buttons so we need |
5455 | // to adjust the index manually | |
5456 | switch ( msg ) | |
5457 | { | |
5458 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: | |
5459 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
5460 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
5461 | if ( flags & MK_XBUTTON2 ) | |
5462 | msg += wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN - wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN; | |
5463 | } | |
2f68482e | 5464 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d | 5465 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5466 | wxMouseEvent event(eventsMouse[msg - WM_MOUSEMOVE]); |
5467 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
5468 | ||
937013e0 | 5469 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5470 | } |
5471 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5472 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5473 | { |
5474 | if ( !m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2bda0e17 | 5475 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5476 | // it would be wrong to assume that just because we get a mouse move |
5477 | // event that the mouse is inside the window: although this is usually | |
5478 | // true, it is not if we had captured the mouse, so we need to check | |
5479 | // the mouse coordinates here | |
5480 | if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5481 | { | |
5482 | // Generate an ENTER event | |
08158721 | 5483 | m_mouseInWindow = true; |
e5297b7f | 5484 | |
4e5c6c33 | 5485 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 VZ |
5486 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *_TrackMouseEvent_t)(LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT); |
5487 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
5488 | static const _TrackMouseEvent_t | |
5489 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = _TrackMouseEvent; | |
5490 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
5491 | static _TrackMouseEvent_t s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent; | |
5492 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
5493 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
5494 | { | |
e2d4ce7d | 5495 | // see comment in wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() explaining the |
5a9379d7 | 5496 | // use of wxLoadedDLL |
9a83f860 | 5497 | wxLoadedDLL dllComCtl32(wxT("comctl32.dll")); |
aafb9978 VZ |
5498 | if ( dllComCtl32.IsLoaded() ) |
5499 | { | |
5500 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = (_TrackMouseEvent_t) | |
9a83f860 | 5501 | dllComCtl32.RawGetSymbol(wxT("_TrackMouseEvent")); |
aafb9978 VZ |
5502 | } |
5503 | ||
5504 | s_initDone = true; | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5505 | } |
5506 | ||
5507 | if ( s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent ) | |
5508 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
5509 | { | |
5510 | WinStruct<TRACKMOUSEEVENT> trackinfo; | |
4e5c6c33 | 5511 | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5512 | trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE; |
5513 | trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd(); | |
5514 | ||
5515 | (*s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent)(&trackinfo); | |
5516 | } | |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
5517 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
5518 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5519 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW); |
5520 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
42e69d6b | 5521 | |
937013e0 | 5522 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
1e6feb95 | 5523 | } |
42e69d6b | 5524 | } |
cff58b52 | 5525 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 | 5526 | else // mouse not in window |
cff58b52 KH |
5527 | { |
5528 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event | |
5529 | // Windows doesn't send WM_MOUSELEAVE if the mouse has been captured so | |
5530 | // send it here if we are using native mouse leave tracking | |
5531 | if ( HasCapture() && !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5532 | { | |
5533 | GenerateMouseLeave(); | |
5534 | } | |
5535 | } | |
1ca78aa1 | 5536 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
5537 | |
5538 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5539 | // Windows often generates mouse events even if mouse position hasn't |
5540 | // changed (http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/66576) | |
5541 | // | |
5542 | // Filter this out as it can result in unexpected behaviour compared to | |
5543 | // other platforms | |
5544 | if ( gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || | |
5545 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || | |
5546 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN || | |
5547 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MOTION ) | |
5548 | { | |
5549 | if ( ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)) == gs_lastMouseEvent.pos ) | |
5550 | { | |
5551 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = wxEVT_MOTION; | |
42e69d6b | 5552 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5553 | return false; |
5554 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5555 | } |
5556 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
5557 | ||
5558 | return HandleMouseEvent(WM_MOUSEMOVE, x, y, flags); | |
5559 | } | |
5560 | ||
d2c52078 | 5561 | |
24ce4c18 | 5562 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
d2c52078 RD |
5563 | { |
5564 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL | |
3c297348 VZ |
5565 | // notice that WM_MOUSEWHEEL position is in screen coords (as it's |
5566 | // forwarded up to the parent by DefWindowProc()) and not in the client | |
5567 | // ones as all the other messages, translate them to the client coords for | |
5568 | // consistency | |
5569 | const wxPoint | |
5570 | pt = ScreenToClient(wxPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam))); | |
d2c52078 | 5571 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL); |
3c297348 | 5572 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, LOWORD(wParam)); |
d2c52078 RD |
5573 | event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam); |
5574 | event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA; | |
5575 | ||
0f7a546d RD |
5576 | static int s_linesPerRotation = -1; |
5577 | if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 ) | |
5578 | { | |
5579 | if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0, | |
5580 | &s_linesPerRotation, 0)) | |
5581 | { | |
5582 | // this is not supposed to happen | |
9a83f860 | 5583 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)")); |
0f7a546d RD |
5584 | |
5585 | // the default is 3, so use it if SystemParametersInfo() failed | |
5586 | s_linesPerRotation = 3; | |
5587 | } | |
5588 | } | |
d2c52078 | 5589 | |
0f7a546d | 5590 | event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation; |
937013e0 | 5591 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
0f7a546d | 5592 | |
51e4e266 VZ |
5593 | #else // !wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
5594 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); | |
5595 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
38caaa61 | 5596 | |
08158721 | 5597 | return false; |
51e4e266 | 5598 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL/!wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
d2c52078 RD |
5599 | } |
5600 | ||
51e4e266 VZ |
5601 | void wxWindowMSW::GenerateMouseLeave() |
5602 | { | |
5603 | m_mouseInWindow = false; | |
5604 | ||
5605 | int state = 0; | |
5606 | if ( wxIsShiftDown() ) | |
5607 | state |= MK_SHIFT; | |
5608 | if ( wxIsCtrlDown() ) | |
5609 | state |= MK_CONTROL; | |
5610 | ||
5611 | // Only the high-order bit should be tested | |
5612 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5613 | state |= MK_LBUTTON; | |
5614 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5615 | state |= MK_MBUTTON; | |
5616 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5617 | state |= MK_RBUTTON; | |
5618 | ||
5619 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
5620 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5621 | if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt) ) | |
5622 | #else | |
51e4e266 | 5623 | if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) ) |
f2325516 | 5624 | #endif |
51e4e266 | 5625 | { |
9a83f860 | 5626 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos")); |
51e4e266 VZ |
5627 | } |
5628 | ||
5629 | // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with | |
5630 | // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW | |
5631 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
5632 | pt.x -= rect.left; | |
5633 | pt.y -= rect.top; | |
5634 | ||
5635 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW); | |
5636 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, state); | |
5637 | ||
937013e0 | 5638 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
51e4e266 | 5639 | } |
d2c52078 | 5640 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5641 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5642 | // keyboard handling | |
5643 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5644 | ||
246117d4 VZ |
5645 | namespace |
5646 | { | |
5647 | ||
5648 | // Implementation of InitAnyKeyEvent() which can also be used when there is no | |
5649 | // associated window: this can happen for the wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK events created by | |
5650 | // the global keyboard hook (e.g. the event might have happened in a non-wx | |
5651 | // window). | |
b6885972 | 5652 | void |
246117d4 VZ |
5653 | MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event, |
5654 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
5655 | WXLPARAM lParam, | |
eb7a47b7 | 5656 | const wxWindowBase *win /* may be NULL */) |
c42404a5 | 5657 | { |
246117d4 VZ |
5658 | if ( win ) |
5659 | { | |
5660 | event.SetId(win->GetId()); | |
eb7a47b7 | 5661 | event.SetEventObject(const_cast<wxWindowBase *>(win)); |
246117d4 VZ |
5662 | } |
5663 | else // No associated window. | |
5664 | { | |
5665 | // Use wxID_ANY for compatibility with the old code even if wxID_NONE | |
5666 | // would arguably make more sense. | |
5667 | event.SetId(wxID_ANY); | |
5668 | } | |
5669 | ||
3f7bc32b VZ |
5670 | event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); |
5671 | event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5672 | event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN; |
5673 | ||
9c7df356 VZ |
5674 | event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam; |
5675 | event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam; | |
f0b1ccde | 5676 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5677 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde | 5678 | #endif |
c42404a5 | 5679 | |
246117d4 VZ |
5680 | // Event coordinates must be in window client coordinates system which |
5681 | // doesn't make sense if there is no window. | |
5682 | // | |
5683 | // We could use screen coordinates for such events but this would make the | |
5684 | // logic of the event handlers more complicated: you'd need to test for the | |
5685 | // event object and interpret the coordinates differently according to | |
5686 | // whether it's NULL or not so unless somebody really asks for this let's | |
5687 | // just avoid the issue. | |
5688 | if ( win ) | |
5689 | { | |
5690 | const wxPoint mousePos = win->ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition()); | |
5691 | event.m_x = mousePos.x; | |
5692 | event.m_y = mousePos.y; | |
5693 | } | |
5694 | } | |
5695 | ||
5696 | } // anonymous namespace | |
5697 | ||
5698 | void | |
5699 | wxWindowMSW::InitAnyKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event, | |
5700 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
5701 | WXLPARAM lParam) const | |
5702 | { | |
5703 | MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam, this); | |
b6885972 VZ |
5704 | } |
5705 | ||
5706 | wxKeyEvent | |
5707 | wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType, | |
5708 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
5709 | WXLPARAM lParam) const | |
5710 | { | |
5711 | // Catch any attempts to use this with WM_CHAR, it wouldn't work because | |
5712 | // wParam is supposed to be a virtual key and not a character here. | |
5713 | wxASSERT_MSG( evType != wxEVT_CHAR && evType != wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, | |
5714 | "CreateKeyEvent() can't be used for char events" ); | |
5715 | ||
5716 | wxKeyEvent event(evType); | |
5717 | InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam); | |
5718 | ||
5844ad30 VZ |
5719 | event.m_keyCode = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX |
5720 | ( | |
5721 | wParam, | |
5722 | lParam | |
b6885972 | 5723 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
5844ad30 | 5724 | , &event.m_uniChar |
b6885972 | 5725 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE |
5844ad30 | 5726 | ); |
c42404a5 VZ |
5727 | |
5728 | return event; | |
5729 | } | |
5730 | ||
08158721 | 5731 | // isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from |
42e69d6b | 5732 | // WM_KEYDOWN one |
b6885972 | 5733 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b | 5734 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
5735 | wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR); |
5736 | InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam); | |
5737 | ||
5738 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
5739 | // TODO: wParam uses UTF-16 so this is incorrect for characters outside of | |
5740 | // the BMP, we should use WM_UNICHAR to handle them. | |
5741 | event.m_uniChar = wParam; | |
5742 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE | |
5743 | ||
5744 | // Set non-Unicode key code too for compatibility if possible. | |
5745 | if ( wParam < 0x80 ) | |
42e69d6b | 5746 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
5747 | // It's an ASCII character, no need to translate it. |
5748 | event.m_keyCode = wParam; | |
2d0a075d | 5749 | } |
b6885972 | 5750 | else |
c42404a5 | 5751 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
5752 | // Check if this key can be represented (as a single character) in the |
5753 | // current locale. | |
5754 | const wchar_t wc = wParam; | |
5755 | char ch; | |
5756 | if ( wxConvLibc.FromWChar(&ch, 1, &wc, 1) != wxCONV_FAILED ) | |
c42404a5 | 5757 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
5758 | // For compatibility continue to provide the key code in this field |
5759 | // even though using GetUnicodeKey() is recommended now. | |
5760 | event.m_keyCode = static_cast<unsigned char>(ch); | |
c42404a5 | 5761 | } |
b6885972 VZ |
5762 | //else: Key can't be represented in the current locale, leave m_keyCode |
5763 | // as WXK_NONE and use GetUnicodeKey() to access the character. | |
9c7df356 | 5764 | } |
42e69d6b | 5765 | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
5766 | // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European |
5767 | // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user | |
5768 | // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything | |
5769 | // alphanumeric, so pretend that there are no modifiers at all (the | |
5770 | // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really | |
5771 | // needed) | |
5772 | if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown && | |
b6885972 | 5773 | (event.m_keyCode >= 32 && event.m_keyCode < 256) ) |
9c7df356 | 5774 | { |
2b5f62a0 | 5775 | event.m_controlDown = |
08158721 | 5776 | event.m_altDown = false; |
2d0a075d | 5777 | } |
c42404a5 | 5778 | |
937013e0 | 5779 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5780 | } |
5781 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5782 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5783 | { |
b6885972 | 5784 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, wParam, lParam)); |
937013e0 | 5785 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5786 | } |
5787 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5788 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5789 | { |
b6885972 | 5790 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, wParam, lParam)); |
937013e0 | 5791 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5792 | } |
5793 | ||
53a118d6 | 5794 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
0c0d1521 WS |
5795 | int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(chAccel), |
5796 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(lParam)) | |
b74cce40 | 5797 | { |
7f0586ef JS |
5798 | // FIXME: implement GetMenuItemCount for WinCE, possibly |
5799 | // in terms of GetMenuItemInfo | |
5800 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5801 | const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam; |
5802 | ||
5803 | MENUITEMINFO mii; | |
5804 | wxZeroMemory(mii); | |
5805 | mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO); | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5806 | |
5807 | // we could use MIIM_FTYPE here as we only need to know if the item is | |
5808 | // ownerdrawn or not and not dwTypeData which MIIM_TYPE also returns, but | |
5809 | // MIIM_FTYPE is not supported under Win95 | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5810 | mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA; |
5811 | ||
5812 | // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item | |
5813 | const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu); | |
5814 | for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
5815 | { | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5816 | // previous loop iteration could modify it, reset it back before |
5817 | // calling GetMenuItemInfo() to prevent it from overflowing dwTypeData | |
5818 | mii.cch = 0; | |
5819 | ||
b74cce40 VZ |
5820 | if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) ) |
5821 | { | |
5822 | if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW ) | |
5823 | { | |
5824 | // dwItemData member of the MENUITEMINFO is a | |
5825 | // pointer to the associated wxMenuItem -- see the | |
5826 | // menu creation code | |
5827 | wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData; | |
5828 | ||
4193a1a4 VZ |
5829 | const wxString label(item->GetItemLabel()); |
5830 | const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(label.wx_str(), wxT('&')); | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5831 | while ( p++ ) |
5832 | { | |
9a83f860 | 5833 | if ( *p == wxT('&') ) |
b74cce40 VZ |
5834 | { |
5835 | // this is not the accel char, find the real one | |
9a83f860 | 5836 | p = wxStrchr(p + 1, wxT('&')); |
b74cce40 VZ |
5837 | } |
5838 | else // got the accel char | |
5839 | { | |
5840 | // FIXME-UNICODE: this comparison doesn't risk to work | |
5841 | // for non ASCII accelerator characters I'm afraid, but | |
5842 | // what can we do? | |
907173e5 | 5843 | if ( (wchar_t)wxToupper(*p) == (wchar_t)chAccel ) |
b74cce40 VZ |
5844 | { |
5845 | return i; | |
5846 | } | |
5847 | else | |
5848 | { | |
5849 | // this one doesn't match | |
5850 | break; | |
5851 | } | |
5852 | } | |
5853 | } | |
5854 | } | |
5855 | } | |
e39af974 | 5856 | else // failed to get the menu text? |
b74cce40 | 5857 | { |
c70ffbdb | 5858 | // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log it |
9a83f860 | 5859 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetMenuItemInfo")); |
b74cce40 VZ |
5860 | } |
5861 | } | |
7f0586ef | 5862 | #endif |
b74cce40 VZ |
5863 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
5864 | } | |
5865 | ||
17a04304 VZ |
5866 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
5867 | ||
5868 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleClipboardEvent(WXUINT nMsg) | |
78c91815 | 5869 | { |
17a04304 VZ |
5870 | const wxEventType type = nMsg == WM_CUT ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT |
5871 | : nMsg == WM_COPY ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY | |
5872 | : /* nMsg == WM_PASTE */ wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE; | |
78c91815 VZ |
5873 | wxClipboardTextEvent evt(type, GetId()); |
5874 | ||
5875 | evt.SetEventObject(this); | |
5876 | ||
937013e0 | 5877 | return HandleWindowEvent(evt); |
78c91815 VZ |
5878 | } |
5879 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5880 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5881 | // joystick | |
5882 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5883 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5884 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5885 | { |
8cb172b4 | 5886 | #ifdef JOY_BUTTON1 |
42e69d6b VZ |
5887 | int change = 0; |
5888 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG ) | |
5889 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5890 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG ) | |
5891 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5892 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG ) | |
5893 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5894 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG ) | |
5895 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
2bda0e17 | 5896 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5897 | int buttons = 0; |
5898 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1 ) | |
5899 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5900 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2 ) | |
5901 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5902 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3 ) | |
5903 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5904 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4 ) | |
5905 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
c085e333 | 5906 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5907 | // the event ids aren't consecutive so we can't use table based lookup |
5908 | int joystick; | |
5909 | wxEventType eventType; | |
5910 | switch ( msg ) | |
5911 | { | |
5912 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: | |
5913 | joystick = 1; | |
5914 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5915 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5916 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5917 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: |
5918 | joystick = 2; | |
5919 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5920 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5921 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5922 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: |
5923 | joystick = 1; | |
5924 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5925 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5926 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5927 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: |
5928 | joystick = 2; | |
5929 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5930 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5931 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5932 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: |
5933 | joystick = 1; | |
5934 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5935 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5936 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5937 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: |
5938 | joystick = 2; | |
5939 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5940 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5941 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5942 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: |
5943 | joystick = 1; | |
5944 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5945 | break; | |
5946 | ||
5947 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
5948 | joystick = 2; | |
5949 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5950 | break; | |
5951 | ||
5952 | default: | |
223d09f6 | 5953 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event")); |
2d0a075d | 5954 | |
08158721 | 5955 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 5956 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5957 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5958 | wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change); |
5959 | event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y)); | |
5960 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 5961 | |
937013e0 | 5962 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
8cb172b4 | 5963 | #else |
991420e6 WS |
5964 | wxUnusedVar(msg); |
5965 | wxUnusedVar(x); | |
5966 | wxUnusedVar(y); | |
5967 | wxUnusedVar(flags); | |
08158721 | 5968 | return false; |
8cb172b4 | 5969 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
5970 | } |
5971 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5972 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5973 | // scrolling | |
5974 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5975 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5976 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam, |
f4f734c1 | 5977 | WXWORD pos, WXHWND control) |
35bbb0c6 | 5978 | { |
a0d924c6 | 5979 | if ( control && control != m_hWnd ) // Prevent infinite recursion |
cc2b7472 | 5980 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5981 | wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
5982 | if ( child ) | |
5983 | return child->MSWOnScroll(orientation, wParam, pos, control); | |
cc2b7472 | 5984 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5985 | |
9145664b | 5986 | wxScrollWinEvent event; |
42e69d6b VZ |
5987 | event.SetPosition(pos); |
5988 | event.SetOrientation(orientation); | |
687706f5 | 5989 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
cc2b7472 | 5990 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5991 | switch ( wParam ) |
5992 | { | |
5993 | case SB_TOP: | |
687706f5 | 5994 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP); |
42e69d6b | 5995 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 5996 | |
42e69d6b | 5997 | case SB_BOTTOM: |
687706f5 | 5998 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM); |
42e69d6b | 5999 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 6000 | |
42e69d6b | 6001 | case SB_LINEUP: |
687706f5 | 6002 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP); |
42e69d6b | 6003 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 6004 | |
42e69d6b | 6005 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 6006 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 6007 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 6008 | |
42e69d6b | 6009 | case SB_PAGEUP: |
687706f5 | 6010 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP); |
42e69d6b | 6011 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 6012 | |
42e69d6b | 6013 | case SB_PAGEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 6014 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 6015 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 6016 | |
42e69d6b | 6017 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
feda3011 | 6018 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6019 | // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers, |
6020 | // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must | |
6021 | // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must | |
6022 | // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one | |
6023 | // carrying the scrollbar position) | |
6024 | { | |
0cf5de11 | 6025 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6026 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS; |
6027 | ||
6028 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(), | |
1ddb6d28 | 6029 | WXOrientToSB(orientation), |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6030 | &scrollInfo) ) |
6031 | { | |
3103e8a9 | 6032 | // Not necessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet. |
9a83f860 | 6033 | // wxLogLastError(wxT("GetScrollInfo")); |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6034 | } |
6035 | ||
6036 | event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos); | |
6037 | } | |
f6bcfd97 | 6038 | |
687706f5 | 6039 | event.SetEventType( wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION |
f6bcfd97 | 6040 | ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE |
687706f5 | 6041 | : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK ); |
42e69d6b | 6042 | break; |
c085e333 | 6043 | |
42e69d6b | 6044 | default: |
08158721 | 6045 | return false; |
564b2609 | 6046 | } |
2bda0e17 | 6047 | |
937013e0 | 6048 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
6049 | } |
6050 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
6051 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
6052 | // custom message handlers | |
6053 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6054 | ||
6055 | /* static */ bool | |
6056 | wxWindowMSW::MSWRegisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
6057 | { | |
6058 | wxCHECK_MSG( gs_messageHandlers.find(msg) == gs_messageHandlers.end(), | |
9a83f860 | 6059 | false, wxT("registering handler for the same message twice") ); |
5acec112 VZ |
6060 | |
6061 | gs_messageHandlers[msg] = handler; | |
6062 | return true; | |
6063 | } | |
6064 | ||
6065 | /* static */ void | |
6066 | wxWindowMSW::MSWUnregisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
6067 | { | |
6068 | const MSWMessageHandlers::iterator i = gs_messageHandlers.find(msg); | |
6069 | wxCHECK_RET( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() && i->second == handler, | |
9a83f860 | 6070 | wxT("unregistering non-registered handler?") ); |
5acec112 VZ |
6071 | |
6072 | gs_messageHandlers.erase(i); | |
6073 | } | |
6074 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
6075 | // =========================================================================== |
6076 | // global functions | |
6077 | // =========================================================================== | |
6078 | ||
7a5e53ab | 6079 | void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font) |
2bda0e17 | 6080 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6081 | TEXTMETRIC tm; |
6082 | HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd); | |
42e69d6b | 6083 | HFONT was = 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 6084 | |
7a5e53ab VS |
6085 | // the_font.UseResource(); |
6086 | // the_font.RealizeResource(); | |
c57c2993 | 6087 | HFONT fnt = (HFONT)the_font.GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast |
7a5e53ab VS |
6088 | if ( fnt ) |
6089 | was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt); | |
35bbb0c6 | 6090 | |
42e69d6b | 6091 | GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm); |
7a5e53ab | 6092 | if ( fnt && was ) |
2d0a075d | 6093 | { |
42e69d6b | 6094 | SelectObject(dc,was); |
2d0a075d | 6095 | } |
42e69d6b | 6096 | ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc); |
0655ad29 VZ |
6097 | |
6098 | if ( x ) | |
6099 | *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth; | |
6100 | if ( y ) | |
6101 | *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 | 6102 | |
7a5e53ab | 6103 | // the_font.ReleaseResource(); |
42e69d6b | 6104 | } |
c085e333 | 6105 | |
0c03f52d VZ |
6106 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
6107 | // keyboard codes | |
6108 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6109 | ||
6110 | namespace wxMSWKeyboard | |
6111 | { | |
6112 | ||
daf9622e VZ |
6113 | namespace |
6114 | { | |
6115 | ||
e6cef55a VZ |
6116 | // use the "extended" bit of lParam to distinguish extended keys from normal |
6117 | // keys as the same virtual key code is sent for both by Windows | |
daf9622e | 6118 | inline |
ed5bc8f1 | 6119 | int ChooseNormalOrExtended(int lParam, int keyNormal, int keyExtended) |
5004c3ad | 6120 | { |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
6121 | // except that if lParam is 0, it means we don't have real lParam from |
6122 | // WM_KEYDOWN but are just translating just a VK constant (e.g. done from | |
6123 | // msw/treectrl.cpp when processing TVN_KEYDOWN) -- then assume this is a | |
6124 | // non-numpad (hence extended) key as this is a more common case | |
e6cef55a | 6125 | return !lParam || (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED) ? keyExtended : keyNormal; |
5004c3ad JG |
6126 | } |
6127 | ||
d5c21b02 | 6128 | // this array contains the Windows virtual key codes which map one to one to |
0c03f52d | 6129 | // WXK_xxx constants and is used in wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX/WXToVK() below |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6130 | // |
6131 | // note that keys having a normal and numpad version (e.g. WXK_HOME and | |
6132 | // WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) are not included in this table as the mapping is not 1-to-1 | |
daf9622e | 6133 | const struct wxKeyMapping |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6134 | { |
6135 | int vk; | |
6136 | wxKeyCode wxk; | |
6137 | } gs_specialKeys[] = | |
6138 | { | |
6139 | { VK_CANCEL, WXK_CANCEL }, | |
6140 | { VK_BACK, WXK_BACK }, | |
6141 | { VK_TAB, WXK_TAB }, | |
6142 | { VK_CLEAR, WXK_CLEAR }, | |
6143 | { VK_SHIFT, WXK_SHIFT }, | |
6144 | { VK_CONTROL, WXK_CONTROL }, | |
6145 | { VK_MENU , WXK_ALT }, | |
6146 | { VK_PAUSE, WXK_PAUSE }, | |
6147 | { VK_CAPITAL, WXK_CAPITAL }, | |
6148 | { VK_SPACE, WXK_SPACE }, | |
6149 | { VK_ESCAPE, WXK_ESCAPE }, | |
6150 | { VK_SELECT, WXK_SELECT }, | |
6151 | { VK_PRINT, WXK_PRINT }, | |
6152 | { VK_EXECUTE, WXK_EXECUTE }, | |
e59c2b2d VZ |
6153 | { VK_SNAPSHOT, WXK_SNAPSHOT }, |
6154 | { VK_HELP, WXK_HELP }, | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6155 | |
6156 | { VK_NUMPAD0, WXK_NUMPAD0 }, | |
6157 | { VK_NUMPAD1, WXK_NUMPAD1 }, | |
6158 | { VK_NUMPAD2, WXK_NUMPAD2 }, | |
6159 | { VK_NUMPAD3, WXK_NUMPAD3 }, | |
6160 | { VK_NUMPAD4, WXK_NUMPAD4 }, | |
6161 | { VK_NUMPAD5, WXK_NUMPAD5 }, | |
6162 | { VK_NUMPAD6, WXK_NUMPAD6 }, | |
6163 | { VK_NUMPAD7, WXK_NUMPAD7 }, | |
6164 | { VK_NUMPAD8, WXK_NUMPAD8 }, | |
6165 | { VK_NUMPAD9, WXK_NUMPAD9 }, | |
6166 | { VK_MULTIPLY, WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY }, | |
6167 | { VK_ADD, WXK_NUMPAD_ADD }, | |
6168 | { VK_SUBTRACT, WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT }, | |
6169 | { VK_DECIMAL, WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL }, | |
6170 | { VK_DIVIDE, WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE }, | |
6171 | ||
6172 | { VK_F1, WXK_F1 }, | |
6173 | { VK_F2, WXK_F2 }, | |
6174 | { VK_F3, WXK_F3 }, | |
6175 | { VK_F4, WXK_F4 }, | |
6176 | { VK_F5, WXK_F5 }, | |
6177 | { VK_F6, WXK_F6 }, | |
6178 | { VK_F7, WXK_F7 }, | |
6179 | { VK_F8, WXK_F8 }, | |
6180 | { VK_F9, WXK_F9 }, | |
6181 | { VK_F10, WXK_F10 }, | |
6182 | { VK_F11, WXK_F11 }, | |
6183 | { VK_F12, WXK_F12 }, | |
6184 | { VK_F13, WXK_F13 }, | |
6185 | { VK_F14, WXK_F14 }, | |
6186 | { VK_F15, WXK_F15 }, | |
6187 | { VK_F16, WXK_F16 }, | |
6188 | { VK_F17, WXK_F17 }, | |
6189 | { VK_F18, WXK_F18 }, | |
6190 | { VK_F19, WXK_F19 }, | |
6191 | { VK_F20, WXK_F20 }, | |
6192 | { VK_F21, WXK_F21 }, | |
6193 | { VK_F22, WXK_F22 }, | |
6194 | { VK_F23, WXK_F23 }, | |
6195 | { VK_F24, WXK_F24 }, | |
6196 | ||
6197 | { VK_NUMLOCK, WXK_NUMLOCK }, | |
6198 | { VK_SCROLL, WXK_SCROLL }, | |
6199 | ||
6200 | #ifdef VK_APPS | |
6201 | { VK_LWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT }, | |
6202 | { VK_RWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT }, | |
6203 | { VK_APPS, WXK_WINDOWS_MENU }, | |
6204 | #endif // VK_APPS defined | |
6205 | }; | |
6206 | ||
daf9622e VZ |
6207 | } // anonymous namespace |
6208 | ||
5844ad30 | 6209 | int VKToWX(WXWORD vk, WXLPARAM lParam, wchar_t *uc) |
42e69d6b | 6210 | { |
5844ad30 VZ |
6211 | int wxk; |
6212 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6213 | // check the table first |
6214 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
6215 | { | |
6216 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].vk == vk ) | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6217 | { |
6218 | wxk = gs_specialKeys[n].wxk; | |
6219 | if ( wxk < WXK_START ) | |
6220 | { | |
6221 | // Unicode code for this key is the same as its ASCII code. | |
6222 | if ( uc ) | |
6223 | *uc = wxk; | |
6224 | } | |
6225 | ||
6226 | return wxk; | |
6227 | } | |
d5c21b02 | 6228 | } |
9c7df356 | 6229 | |
d5c21b02 | 6230 | // keys requiring special handling |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6231 | switch ( vk ) |
6232 | { | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6233 | case VK_OEM_1: |
6234 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: | |
6235 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: | |
6236 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: | |
6237 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: | |
6238 | case VK_OEM_2: | |
6239 | case VK_OEM_3: | |
6240 | case VK_OEM_4: | |
6241 | case VK_OEM_5: | |
6242 | case VK_OEM_6: | |
6243 | case VK_OEM_7: | |
6244 | // MapVirtualKey() returns 0 if it fails to convert the virtual | |
6245 | // key which nicely corresponds to our WXK_NONE. | |
6246 | wxk = ::MapVirtualKey(vk, MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR); | |
6247 | ||
6248 | if ( HIWORD(wxk) & 0x8000 ) | |
6249 | { | |
6250 | // It's a dead key and we don't return anything at all for them | |
6251 | // as we simply don't have any way to indicate the difference | |
6252 | // between e.g. a normal "'" and "'" as a dead key -- and | |
6253 | // generating the same events for them just doesn't seem like a | |
6254 | // good idea. | |
6255 | wxk = WXK_NONE; | |
6256 | } | |
5844ad30 | 6257 | |
033428a3 VZ |
6258 | // In any case return this as a Unicode character value. |
6259 | if ( uc ) | |
6260 | *uc = wxk; | |
6261 | ||
6262 | // For compatibility with the old non-Unicode code we continue | |
6263 | // returning key codes for Latin-1 characters directly | |
6264 | // (normally it would really only make sense to do it for the | |
6265 | // ASCII characters, not Latin-1 ones). | |
6266 | if ( wxk > 255 ) | |
6267 | { | |
6268 | // But for anything beyond this we can only return the key | |
6269 | // value as a real Unicode character, not a wxKeyCode | |
6270 | // because this enum values clash with Unicode characters | |
6271 | // (e.g. WXK_LBUTTON also happens to be U+012C a.k.a. | |
6272 | // "LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH BREVE"). | |
6273 | wxk = WXK_NONE; | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6274 | } |
6275 | break; | |
702c4208 | 6276 | |
5004c3ad | 6277 | // handle extended keys |
413553cc | 6278 | case VK_PRIOR: |
d5c21b02 | 6279 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, WXK_PAGEUP); |
413553cc | 6280 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6281 | |
413553cc | 6282 | case VK_NEXT: |
d5c21b02 | 6283 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, WXK_PAGEDOWN); |
413553cc | 6284 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6285 | |
413553cc | 6286 | case VK_END: |
d5c21b02 | 6287 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_END, WXK_END); |
413553cc | 6288 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6289 | |
413553cc | 6290 | case VK_HOME: |
d5c21b02 | 6291 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, WXK_HOME); |
413553cc | 6292 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6293 | |
413553cc | 6294 | case VK_LEFT: |
d5c21b02 | 6295 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, WXK_LEFT); |
413553cc | 6296 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6297 | |
413553cc | 6298 | case VK_UP: |
d5c21b02 | 6299 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_UP, WXK_UP); |
413553cc | 6300 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6301 | |
413553cc | 6302 | case VK_RIGHT: |
d5c21b02 | 6303 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, WXK_RIGHT); |
413553cc | 6304 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6305 | |
413553cc | 6306 | case VK_DOWN: |
d5c21b02 | 6307 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, WXK_DOWN); |
413553cc | 6308 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6309 | |
413553cc | 6310 | case VK_INSERT: |
d5c21b02 | 6311 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, WXK_INSERT); |
413553cc | 6312 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6313 | |
413553cc | 6314 | case VK_DELETE: |
d5c21b02 | 6315 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, WXK_DELETE); |
413553cc | 6316 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6317 | |
ff792344 | 6318 | case VK_RETURN: |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
6319 | // don't use ChooseNormalOrExtended() here as the keys are reversed |
6320 | // here: numpad enter is the extended one | |
e6cef55a | 6321 | wxk = HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN; |
ff792344 VZ |
6322 | break; |
6323 | ||
f6bcfd97 | 6324 | default: |
5844ad30 VZ |
6325 | if ( (vk >= '0' && vk <= '9') || (vk >= 'A' && vk <= 'Z') ) |
6326 | { | |
6327 | // A simple alphanumeric key and the values of them coincide in | |
6328 | // Windows and wx for both ASCII and Unicode codes. | |
6329 | wxk = vk; | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6330 | } |
6331 | else // Something we simply don't know about at all. | |
6332 | { | |
6333 | wxk = WXK_NONE; | |
6334 | } | |
033428a3 VZ |
6335 | |
6336 | if ( uc ) | |
6337 | *uc = vk; | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6338 | } |
6339 | ||
6340 | return wxk; | |
6341 | } | |
6342 | ||
0c03f52d | 6343 | WXWORD WXToVK(int wxk, bool *isExtended) |
d5c21b02 | 6344 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6345 | // check the table first |
6346 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
6347 | { | |
6348 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].wxk == wxk ) | |
2dcbc461 VZ |
6349 | { |
6350 | // All extended keys (i.e. non-numpad versions of the keys that | |
6351 | // exist both in the numpad and outside of it) are dealt with | |
6352 | // below. | |
6353 | if ( isExtended ) | |
6354 | *isExtended = false; | |
6355 | ||
d5c21b02 | 6356 | return gs_specialKeys[n].vk; |
2dcbc461 | 6357 | } |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6358 | } |
6359 | ||
6360 | // and then check for special keys not included in the table | |
2dcbc461 | 6361 | bool extended = false; |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6362 | WXWORD vk; |
6363 | switch ( wxk ) | |
6364 | { | |
71403278 | 6365 | case WXK_PAGEUP: |
2dcbc461 | 6366 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6367 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP: |
6368 | vk = VK_PRIOR; | |
6369 | break; | |
6370 | ||
6371 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
2dcbc461 | 6372 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6373 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN: |
6374 | vk = VK_NEXT; | |
6375 | break; | |
6376 | ||
6377 | case WXK_END: | |
2dcbc461 | 6378 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6379 | case WXK_NUMPAD_END: |
6380 | vk = VK_END; | |
6381 | break; | |
6382 | ||
6383 | case WXK_HOME: | |
2dcbc461 | 6384 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6385 | case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME: |
6386 | vk = VK_HOME; | |
6387 | break; | |
6388 | ||
6389 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
2dcbc461 | 6390 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6391 | case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT: |
6392 | vk = VK_LEFT; | |
6393 | break; | |
6394 | ||
6395 | case WXK_UP: | |
2dcbc461 | 6396 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6397 | case WXK_NUMPAD_UP: |
6398 | vk = VK_UP; | |
6399 | break; | |
6400 | ||
6401 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
2dcbc461 | 6402 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6403 | case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT: |
6404 | vk = VK_RIGHT; | |
6405 | break; | |
6406 | ||
6407 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
2dcbc461 | 6408 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6409 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN: |
6410 | vk = VK_DOWN; | |
6411 | break; | |
6412 | ||
6413 | case WXK_INSERT: | |
2dcbc461 | 6414 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6415 | case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT: |
6416 | vk = VK_INSERT; | |
6417 | break; | |
6418 | ||
6419 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
2dcbc461 | 6420 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6421 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE: |
6422 | vk = VK_DELETE; | |
6423 | break; | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6424 | |
6425 | default: | |
d9fda37b VZ |
6426 | // no VkKeyScan() under CE unfortunately, we need to test how does |
6427 | // it handle OEM keys | |
6428 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ | |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6429 | // check to see if its one of the OEM key codes. |
6430 | BYTE vks = LOBYTE(VkKeyScan(wxk)); | |
6e3e6c8e | 6431 | if ( vks != 0xff ) |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6432 | { |
6433 | vk = vks; | |
6434 | } | |
6435 | else | |
d9fda37b | 6436 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
ad294cb8 | 6437 | { |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6438 | vk = (WXWORD)wxk; |
6439 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 6440 | } |
d5c21b02 | 6441 | |
2dcbc461 VZ |
6442 | if ( isExtended ) |
6443 | *isExtended = extended; | |
6444 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6445 | return vk; |
6446 | } | |
6447 | ||
0c03f52d VZ |
6448 | } // namespace wxMSWKeyboard |
6449 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6450 | // small helper for wxGetKeyState() and wxGetMouseState() |
6451 | static inline bool wxIsKeyDown(WXWORD vk) | |
6452 | { | |
d9fda37b VZ |
6453 | // SM_SWAPBUTTON is not available under CE, so don't swap buttons there |
6454 | #ifdef SM_SWAPBUTTON | |
6455 | if ( vk == VK_LBUTTON || vk == VK_RBUTTON ) | |
b8f434e7 | 6456 | { |
d9fda37b VZ |
6457 | if ( ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON) ) |
6458 | { | |
6459 | if ( vk == VK_LBUTTON ) | |
6460 | vk = VK_RBUTTON; | |
6461 | else // vk == VK_RBUTTON | |
6462 | vk = VK_LBUTTON; | |
6463 | } | |
b8f434e7 | 6464 | } |
d9fda37b VZ |
6465 | #endif // SM_SWAPBUTTON |
6466 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6467 | // the low order bit indicates whether the key was pressed since the last |
6468 | // call and the high order one indicates whether it is down right now and | |
6469 | // we only want that one | |
b8f434e7 | 6470 | return (GetAsyncKeyState(vk) & (1<<15)) != 0; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6471 | } |
6472 | ||
1751226c | 6473 | bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key) |
6ed892f3 | 6474 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6475 | // although this does work under Windows, it is not supported under other |
6476 | // platforms so don't allow it, you must use wxGetMouseState() instead | |
6477 | wxASSERT_MSG( key != VK_LBUTTON && | |
6478 | key != VK_RBUTTON && | |
6479 | key != VK_MBUTTON, | |
6480 | wxT("can't use wxGetKeyState() for mouse buttons") ); | |
6ed892f3 | 6481 | |
0c03f52d | 6482 | const WXWORD vk = wxMSWKeyboard::WXToVK(key); |
44353523 | 6483 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6484 | // if the requested key is a LED key, return true if the led is pressed |
6485 | if ( key == WXK_NUMLOCK || key == WXK_CAPITAL || key == WXK_SCROLL ) | |
fdec2c05 | 6486 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6487 | // low order bit means LED is highlighted and high order one means the |
6488 | // key is down; for compatibility with the other ports return true if | |
6489 | // either one is set | |
b8f434e7 | 6490 | return GetKeyState(vk) != 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 6491 | |
fdec2c05 | 6492 | } |
d5c21b02 | 6493 | else // normal key |
84c51ddf | 6494 | { |
d5c21b02 | 6495 | return wxIsKeyDown(vk); |
84c51ddf | 6496 | } |
6ed892f3 RN |
6497 | } |
6498 | ||
7dd40b6f RD |
6499 | |
6500 | wxMouseState wxGetMouseState() | |
6501 | { | |
6502 | wxMouseState ms; | |
6503 | POINT pt; | |
6504 | GetCursorPos( &pt ); | |
6505 | ||
6506 | ms.SetX(pt.x); | |
6507 | ms.SetY(pt.y); | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6508 | ms.SetLeftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_LBUTTON)); |
6509 | ms.SetMiddleDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MBUTTON)); | |
6510 | ms.SetRightDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_RBUTTON)); | |
2f68482e | 6511 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
6512 | ms.SetAux1Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON1)); |
6513 | ms.SetAux2Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON2)); | |
2f68482e | 6514 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dd28827a | 6515 | |
6719c06a VZ |
6516 | ms.SetControlDown(wxIsCtrlDown ()); |
6517 | ms.SetShiftDown (wxIsShiftDown()); | |
6518 | ms.SetAltDown (wxIsAltDown ()); | |
7dd40b6f | 6519 | // ms.SetMetaDown(); |
dd28827a | 6520 | |
7dd40b6f RD |
6521 | return ms; |
6522 | } | |
6523 | ||
6524 | ||
42e69d6b | 6525 | wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow() |
2bda0e17 | 6526 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6527 | HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow(); |
6528 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
2d0a075d | 6529 | { |
dca0f651 | 6530 | return wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 6531 | } |
42e69d6b | 6532 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6533 | } |
6534 | ||
8614c467 VZ |
6535 | extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd) |
6536 | { | |
6537 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; | |
6538 | ||
6539 | // For a radiobutton, we get the radiobox from GWL_USERDATA (which is set | |
6540 | // by code in msw/radiobox.cpp), for all the others we just search up the | |
6541 | // window hierarchy | |
d3b9f782 | 6542 | wxWindow *win = NULL; |
8614c467 VZ |
6543 | if ( hwnd ) |
6544 | { | |
dca0f651 | 6545 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd); |
8614c467 VZ |
6546 | if ( !win ) |
6547 | { | |
a2242341 | 6548 | #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX |
8614c467 VZ |
6549 | // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any |
6550 | // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to | |
6551 | // do it as well, win would be already non NULL | |
a2242341 | 6552 | if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON ) |
8614c467 | 6553 | { |
7ee21e3a | 6554 | win = wxRadioBox::GetFromRadioButtonHWND(hwnd); |
8614c467 | 6555 | } |
a2242341 VZ |
6556 | //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox |
6557 | #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX | |
6558 | ||
6559 | // spin control text buddy window should be mapped to spin ctrl | |
6560 | // itself so try it too | |
24ce4c18 | 6561 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
a2242341 VZ |
6562 | if ( !win ) |
6563 | { | |
6564 | win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd); | |
6565 | } | |
6566 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
8614c467 | 6567 | } |
8614c467 VZ |
6568 | } |
6569 | ||
6570 | while ( hwnd && !win ) | |
6571 | { | |
761989ff VZ |
6572 | // this is a really ugly hack needed to avoid mistakenly returning the |
6573 | // parent frame wxWindow for the find/replace modeless dialog HWND - | |
6574 | // this, in turn, is needed to call IsDialogMessage() from | |
6575 | // wxApp::ProcessMessage() as for this we must return NULL from here | |
6576 | // | |
6577 | // FIXME: this is clearly not the best way to do it but I think we'll | |
6578 | // need to change HWND <-> wxWindow code more heavily than I can | |
6579 | // do it now to fix it | |
c67d6888 | 6580 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
761989ff VZ |
6581 | if ( ::GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER) ) |
6582 | { | |
6583 | // it's a dialog box, don't go upwards | |
6584 | break; | |
6585 | } | |
c67d6888 | 6586 | #endif |
761989ff | 6587 | |
8614c467 | 6588 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); |
dca0f651 | 6589 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd); |
8614c467 VZ |
6590 | } |
6591 | ||
6592 | return win; | |
6593 | } | |
6594 | ||
7f0586ef | 6595 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
04ef50df | 6596 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
6597 | // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE |
6598 | // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is. | |
6599 | static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 6600 | |
23c26b99 | 6601 | int APIENTRY |
42e69d6b | 6602 | wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 6603 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6604 | DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam); |
6605 | if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) ) | |
43d811ea | 6606 | { |
246117d4 VZ |
6607 | wchar_t uc; |
6608 | int id = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX(wParam, lParam, &uc); | |
033428a3 VZ |
6609 | if ( id != WXK_NONE |
6610 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
4d5d3cb9 | 6611 | || static_cast<int>(uc) != WXK_NONE |
033428a3 VZ |
6612 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE |
6613 | ) | |
43d811ea | 6614 | { |
246117d4 VZ |
6615 | const wxWindow * const win = wxGetActiveWindow(); |
6616 | ||
42e69d6b | 6617 | wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK); |
246117d4 | 6618 | MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam, win); |
c085e333 | 6619 | |
42e69d6b | 6620 | event.m_keyCode = id; |
246117d4 VZ |
6621 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
6622 | event.m_uniChar = uc; | |
6623 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE | |
6624 | ||
6625 | wxEvtHandler * const handler = win ? win->GetEventHandler() | |
6626 | : wxTheApp; | |
32de7d24 VZ |
6627 | |
6628 | if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) ) | |
6629 | { | |
6630 | // processed | |
6631 | return 1; | |
42e69d6b | 6632 | } |
43d811ea JS |
6633 | } |
6634 | } | |
32de7d24 | 6635 | |
42e69d6b | 6636 | return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
4fabb575 | 6637 | } |
cd4453e5 | 6638 | |
23c26b99 VZ |
6639 | void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt) |
6640 | { | |
6641 | if ( doIt ) | |
6642 | { | |
6643 | wxTheKeyboardHook = ::SetWindowsHookEx | |
6644 | ( | |
6645 | WH_KEYBOARD, | |
6646 | (HOOKPROC)wxKeyboardHook, | |
6647 | NULL, // must be NULL for process hook | |
6648 | ::GetCurrentThreadId() | |
6649 | ); | |
6650 | if ( !wxTheKeyboardHook ) | |
6651 | { | |
9a83f860 | 6652 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowsHookEx(wxKeyboardHook)")); |
23c26b99 VZ |
6653 | } |
6654 | } | |
6655 | else // uninstall | |
6656 | { | |
6657 | if ( wxTheKeyboardHook ) | |
6658 | ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook); | |
6659 | } | |
6660 | } | |
6661 | ||
cd4453e5 | 6662 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ |
4fabb575 | 6663 | |
50e08f9d | 6664 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
4a712ba3 | 6665 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message) |
47cbd6da | 6666 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6667 | switch ( message ) |
6668 | { | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6669 | case 0x0000: return wxT("WM_NULL"); |
6670 | case 0x0001: return wxT("WM_CREATE"); | |
6671 | case 0x0002: return wxT("WM_DESTROY"); | |
6672 | case 0x0003: return wxT("WM_MOVE"); | |
6673 | case 0x0005: return wxT("WM_SIZE"); | |
6674 | case 0x0006: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATE"); | |
6675 | case 0x0007: return wxT("WM_SETFOCUS"); | |
6676 | case 0x0008: return wxT("WM_KILLFOCUS"); | |
6677 | case 0x000A: return wxT("WM_ENABLE"); | |
6678 | case 0x000B: return wxT("WM_SETREDRAW"); | |
6679 | case 0x000C: return wxT("WM_SETTEXT"); | |
6680 | case 0x000D: return wxT("WM_GETTEXT"); | |
6681 | case 0x000E: return wxT("WM_GETTEXTLENGTH"); | |
6682 | case 0x000F: return wxT("WM_PAINT"); | |
6683 | case 0x0010: return wxT("WM_CLOSE"); | |
6684 | case 0x0011: return wxT("WM_QUERYENDSESSION"); | |
6685 | case 0x0012: return wxT("WM_QUIT"); | |
6686 | case 0x0013: return wxT("WM_QUERYOPEN"); | |
6687 | case 0x0014: return wxT("WM_ERASEBKGND"); | |
6688 | case 0x0015: return wxT("WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE"); | |
6689 | case 0x0016: return wxT("WM_ENDSESSION"); | |
6690 | case 0x0017: return wxT("WM_SYSTEMERROR"); | |
6691 | case 0x0018: return wxT("WM_SHOWWINDOW"); | |
6692 | case 0x0019: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOR"); | |
6693 | case 0x001A: return wxT("WM_WININICHANGE"); | |
6694 | case 0x001B: return wxT("WM_DEVMODECHANGE"); | |
6695 | case 0x001C: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATEAPP"); | |
6696 | case 0x001D: return wxT("WM_FONTCHANGE"); | |
6697 | case 0x001E: return wxT("WM_TIMECHANGE"); | |
6698 | case 0x001F: return wxT("WM_CANCELMODE"); | |
6699 | case 0x0020: return wxT("WM_SETCURSOR"); | |
6700 | case 0x0021: return wxT("WM_MOUSEACTIVATE"); | |
6701 | case 0x0022: return wxT("WM_CHILDACTIVATE"); | |
6702 | case 0x0023: return wxT("WM_QUEUESYNC"); | |
6703 | case 0x0024: return wxT("WM_GETMINMAXINFO"); | |
6704 | case 0x0026: return wxT("WM_PAINTICON"); | |
6705 | case 0x0027: return wxT("WM_ICONERASEBKGND"); | |
6706 | case 0x0028: return wxT("WM_NEXTDLGCTL"); | |
6707 | case 0x002A: return wxT("WM_SPOOLERSTATUS"); | |
6708 | case 0x002B: return wxT("WM_DRAWITEM"); | |
6709 | case 0x002C: return wxT("WM_MEASUREITEM"); | |
6710 | case 0x002D: return wxT("WM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6711 | case 0x002E: return wxT("WM_VKEYTOITEM"); | |
6712 | case 0x002F: return wxT("WM_CHARTOITEM"); | |
6713 | case 0x0030: return wxT("WM_SETFONT"); | |
6714 | case 0x0031: return wxT("WM_GETFONT"); | |
6715 | case 0x0037: return wxT("WM_QUERYDRAGICON"); | |
6716 | case 0x0039: return wxT("WM_COMPAREITEM"); | |
6717 | case 0x0041: return wxT("WM_COMPACTING"); | |
6718 | case 0x0044: return wxT("WM_COMMNOTIFY"); | |
6719 | case 0x0046: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING"); | |
6720 | case 0x0047: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED"); | |
6721 | case 0x0048: return wxT("WM_POWER"); | |
6722 | ||
6723 | case 0x004A: return wxT("WM_COPYDATA"); | |
6724 | case 0x004B: return wxT("WM_CANCELJOURNAL"); | |
6725 | case 0x004E: return wxT("WM_NOTIFY"); | |
6726 | case 0x0050: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST"); | |
6727 | case 0x0051: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE"); | |
6728 | case 0x0052: return wxT("WM_TCARD"); | |
6729 | case 0x0053: return wxT("WM_HELP"); | |
6730 | case 0x0054: return wxT("WM_USERCHANGED"); | |
6731 | case 0x0055: return wxT("WM_NOTIFYFORMAT"); | |
6732 | case 0x007B: return wxT("WM_CONTEXTMENU"); | |
6733 | case 0x007C: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGING"); | |
6734 | case 0x007D: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGED"); | |
6735 | case 0x007E: return wxT("WM_DISPLAYCHANGE"); | |
6736 | case 0x007F: return wxT("WM_GETICON"); | |
6737 | case 0x0080: return wxT("WM_SETICON"); | |
6738 | ||
6739 | case 0x0081: return wxT("WM_NCCREATE"); | |
6740 | case 0x0082: return wxT("WM_NCDESTROY"); | |
6741 | case 0x0083: return wxT("WM_NCCALCSIZE"); | |
6742 | case 0x0084: return wxT("WM_NCHITTEST"); | |
6743 | case 0x0085: return wxT("WM_NCPAINT"); | |
6744 | case 0x0086: return wxT("WM_NCACTIVATE"); | |
6745 | case 0x0087: return wxT("WM_GETDLGCODE"); | |
6746 | case 0x00A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEMOVE"); | |
6747 | case 0x00A1: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6748 | case 0x00A2: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONUP"); | |
6749 | case 0x00A3: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6750 | case 0x00A4: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6751 | case 0x00A5: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONUP"); | |
6752 | case 0x00A6: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6753 | case 0x00A7: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6754 | case 0x00A8: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONUP"); | |
6755 | case 0x00A9: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
609da8bb VZ |
6756 | |
6757 | case 0x00B0: return wxT("EM_GETSEL"); | |
6758 | case 0x00B1: return wxT("EM_SETSEL"); | |
6759 | case 0x00B2: return wxT("EM_GETRECT"); | |
6760 | case 0x00B3: return wxT("EM_SETRECT"); | |
6761 | case 0x00B4: return wxT("EM_SETRECTNP"); | |
6762 | case 0x00B5: return wxT("EM_SCROLL"); | |
6763 | case 0x00B6: return wxT("EM_LINESCROLL"); | |
6764 | case 0x00B7: return wxT("EM_SCROLLCARET"); | |
6765 | case 0x00B8: return wxT("EM_GETMODIFY"); | |
6766 | case 0x00B9: return wxT("EM_SETMODIFY"); | |
6767 | case 0x00BA: return wxT("EM_GETLINECOUNT"); | |
6768 | case 0x00BB: return wxT("EM_LINEINDEX"); | |
6769 | case 0x00BC: return wxT("EM_SETHANDLE"); | |
6770 | case 0x00BD: return wxT("EM_GETHANDLE"); | |
6771 | case 0x00BE: return wxT("EM_GETTHUMB"); | |
6772 | case 0x00C1: return wxT("EM_LINELENGTH"); | |
6773 | case 0x00C2: return wxT("EM_REPLACESEL"); | |
6774 | case 0x00C4: return wxT("EM_GETLINE"); | |
6775 | case 0x00C5: return wxT("EM_LIMITTEXT/EM_SETLIMITTEXT"); /* ;win40 Name change */ | |
6776 | case 0x00C6: return wxT("EM_CANUNDO"); | |
6777 | case 0x00C7: return wxT("EM_UNDO"); | |
6778 | case 0x00C8: return wxT("EM_FMTLINES"); | |
6779 | case 0x00C9: return wxT("EM_LINEFROMCHAR"); | |
6780 | case 0x00CB: return wxT("EM_SETTABSTOPS"); | |
6781 | case 0x00CC: return wxT("EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6782 | case 0x00CD: return wxT("EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER"); | |
6783 | case 0x00CE: return wxT("EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE"); | |
6784 | case 0x00CF: return wxT("EM_SETREADONLY"); | |
6785 | case 0x00D0: return wxT("EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6786 | case 0x00D1: return wxT("EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6787 | case 0x00D2: return wxT("EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6788 | case 0x00D3: return wxT("EM_SETMARGINS"); | |
6789 | case 0x00D4: return wxT("EM_GETMARGINS"); | |
6790 | case 0x00D5: return wxT("EM_GETLIMITTEXT"); | |
6791 | case 0x00D6: return wxT("EM_POSFROMCHAR"); | |
6792 | case 0x00D7: return wxT("EM_CHARFROMPOS"); | |
6793 | case 0x00D8: return wxT("EM_SETIMESTATUS"); | |
6794 | case 0x00D9: return wxT("EM_GETIMESTATUS"); | |
6795 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6796 | case 0x0100: return wxT("WM_KEYDOWN"); |
6797 | case 0x0101: return wxT("WM_KEYUP"); | |
6798 | case 0x0102: return wxT("WM_CHAR"); | |
6799 | case 0x0103: return wxT("WM_DEADCHAR"); | |
6800 | case 0x0104: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYDOWN"); | |
6801 | case 0x0105: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYUP"); | |
6802 | case 0x0106: return wxT("WM_SYSCHAR"); | |
6803 | case 0x0107: return wxT("WM_SYSDEADCHAR"); | |
6804 | case 0x0108: return wxT("WM_KEYLAST"); | |
6805 | ||
6806 | case 0x010D: return wxT("WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION"); | |
6807 | case 0x010E: return wxT("WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION"); | |
6808 | case 0x010F: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITION"); | |
6809 | ||
6810 | case 0x0110: return wxT("WM_INITDIALOG"); | |
6811 | case 0x0111: return wxT("WM_COMMAND"); | |
6812 | case 0x0112: return wxT("WM_SYSCOMMAND"); | |
6813 | case 0x0113: return wxT("WM_TIMER"); | |
6814 | case 0x0114: return wxT("WM_HSCROLL"); | |
6815 | case 0x0115: return wxT("WM_VSCROLL"); | |
6816 | case 0x0116: return wxT("WM_INITMENU"); | |
6817 | case 0x0117: return wxT("WM_INITMENUPOPUP"); | |
6818 | case 0x011F: return wxT("WM_MENUSELECT"); | |
6819 | case 0x0120: return wxT("WM_MENUCHAR"); | |
6820 | case 0x0121: return wxT("WM_ENTERIDLE"); | |
609da8bb | 6821 | |
ff9b9665 VZ |
6822 | case 0x0127: return wxT("WM_CHANGEUISTATE"); |
6823 | case 0x0128: return wxT("WM_UPDATEUISTATE"); | |
6824 | case 0x0129: return wxT("WM_QUERYUISTATE"); | |
6825 | ||
609da8bb VZ |
6826 | case 0x0132: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX"); |
6827 | case 0x0133: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOREDIT"); | |
6828 | case 0x0134: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX"); | |
6829 | case 0x0135: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORBTN"); | |
6830 | case 0x0136: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORDLG"); | |
6831 | case 0x0137: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR"); | |
6832 | case 0x0138: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC"); | |
6833 | case 0x01E1: return wxT("MN_GETHMENU"); | |
6834 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6835 | case 0x0200: return wxT("WM_MOUSEMOVE"); |
6836 | case 0x0201: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6837 | case 0x0202: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONUP"); | |
6838 | case 0x0203: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6839 | case 0x0204: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6840 | case 0x0205: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONUP"); | |
6841 | case 0x0206: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6842 | case 0x0207: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6843 | case 0x0208: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONUP"); | |
6844 | case 0x0209: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6845 | case 0x020A: return wxT("WM_MOUSEWHEEL"); | |
01101e2d VZ |
6846 | case 0x020B: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDOWN"); |
6847 | case 0x020C: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONUP"); | |
6848 | case 0x020D: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6849 | case 0x0210: return wxT("WM_PARENTNOTIFY"); |
6850 | case 0x0211: return wxT("WM_ENTERMENULOOP"); | |
6851 | case 0x0212: return wxT("WM_EXITMENULOOP"); | |
6852 | ||
6853 | case 0x0213: return wxT("WM_NEXTMENU"); | |
6854 | case 0x0214: return wxT("WM_SIZING"); | |
6855 | case 0x0215: return wxT("WM_CAPTURECHANGED"); | |
6856 | case 0x0216: return wxT("WM_MOVING"); | |
6857 | case 0x0218: return wxT("WM_POWERBROADCAST"); | |
6858 | case 0x0219: return wxT("WM_DEVICECHANGE"); | |
6859 | ||
6860 | case 0x0220: return wxT("WM_MDICREATE"); | |
6861 | case 0x0221: return wxT("WM_MDIDESTROY"); | |
6862 | case 0x0222: return wxT("WM_MDIACTIVATE"); | |
6863 | case 0x0223: return wxT("WM_MDIRESTORE"); | |
6864 | case 0x0224: return wxT("WM_MDINEXT"); | |
6865 | case 0x0225: return wxT("WM_MDIMAXIMIZE"); | |
6866 | case 0x0226: return wxT("WM_MDITILE"); | |
6867 | case 0x0227: return wxT("WM_MDICASCADE"); | |
6868 | case 0x0228: return wxT("WM_MDIICONARRANGE"); | |
6869 | case 0x0229: return wxT("WM_MDIGETACTIVE"); | |
6870 | case 0x0230: return wxT("WM_MDISETMENU"); | |
6871 | case 0x0233: return wxT("WM_DROPFILES"); | |
6872 | ||
6873 | case 0x0281: return wxT("WM_IME_SETCONTEXT"); | |
6874 | case 0x0282: return wxT("WM_IME_NOTIFY"); | |
6875 | case 0x0283: return wxT("WM_IME_CONTROL"); | |
6876 | case 0x0284: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL"); | |
6877 | case 0x0285: return wxT("WM_IME_SELECT"); | |
6878 | case 0x0286: return wxT("WM_IME_CHAR"); | |
6879 | case 0x0290: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYDOWN"); | |
6880 | case 0x0291: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYUP"); | |
6881 | ||
609da8bb VZ |
6882 | case 0x02A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEHOVER"); |
6883 | case 0x02A1: return wxT("WM_MOUSEHOVER"); | |
6884 | case 0x02A2: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSELEAVE"); | |
6885 | case 0x02A3: return wxT("WM_MOUSELEAVE"); | |
6886 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6887 | case 0x0300: return wxT("WM_CUT"); |
6888 | case 0x0301: return wxT("WM_COPY"); | |
6889 | case 0x0302: return wxT("WM_PASTE"); | |
6890 | case 0x0303: return wxT("WM_CLEAR"); | |
6891 | case 0x0304: return wxT("WM_UNDO"); | |
6892 | case 0x0305: return wxT("WM_RENDERFORMAT"); | |
6893 | case 0x0306: return wxT("WM_RENDERALLFORMATS"); | |
6894 | case 0x0307: return wxT("WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD"); | |
6895 | case 0x0308: return wxT("WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD"); | |
6896 | case 0x0309: return wxT("WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD"); | |
6897 | case 0x030A: return wxT("WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6898 | case 0x030B: return wxT("WM_SIZECLIPBOARD"); | |
6899 | case 0x030C: return wxT("WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME"); | |
6900 | case 0x030D: return wxT("WM_CHANGECBCHAIN"); | |
6901 | case 0x030E: return wxT("WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6902 | case 0x030F: return wxT("WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE"); | |
6903 | case 0x0310: return wxT("WM_PALETTEISCHANGING"); | |
6904 | case 0x0311: return wxT("WM_PALETTECHANGED"); | |
4a712ba3 | 6905 | case 0x0312: return wxT("WM_HOTKEY"); |
609da8bb VZ |
6906 | |
6907 | case 0x0317: return wxT("WM_PRINT"); | |
6908 | case 0x0318: return wxT("WM_PRINTCLIENT"); | |
c085e333 | 6909 | |
2d0a075d JS |
6910 | // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking |
6911 | // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless | |
a02eb1d2 | 6912 | |
2d0a075d | 6913 | // listview |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6914 | case 0x1000 + 0: return wxT("LVM_GETBKCOLOR"); |
6915 | case 0x1000 + 1: return wxT("LVM_SETBKCOLOR"); | |
6916 | case 0x1000 + 2: return wxT("LVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6917 | case 0x1000 + 3: return wxT("LVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6918 | case 0x1000 + 4: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6919 | case 0x1000 + 5: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMA"); | |
6920 | case 0x1000 + 75: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMW"); | |
6921 | case 0x1000 + 6: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMA"); | |
6922 | case 0x1000 + 76: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMW"); | |
6923 | case 0x1000 + 7: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6924 | case 0x1000 + 77: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6925 | case 0x1000 + 8: return wxT("LVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6926 | case 0x1000 + 9: return wxT("LVM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
6927 | case 0x1000 + 10: return wxT("LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6928 | case 0x1000 + 11: return wxT("LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6929 | case 0x1000 + 12: return wxT("LVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
6930 | case 0x1000 + 13: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMA"); | |
6931 | case 0x1000 + 83: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMW"); | |
6932 | case 0x1000 + 14: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6933 | case 0x1000 + 15: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6934 | case 0x1000 + 16: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6935 | case 0x1000 + 17: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA"); | |
6936 | case 0x1000 + 87: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW"); | |
6937 | case 0x1000 + 18: return wxT("LVM_HITTEST"); | |
6938 | case 0x1000 + 19: return wxT("LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
6939 | case 0x1000 + 20: return wxT("LVM_SCROLL"); | |
6940 | case 0x1000 + 21: return wxT("LVM_REDRAWITEMS"); | |
6941 | case 0x1000 + 22: return wxT("LVM_ARRANGE"); | |
6942 | case 0x1000 + 23: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
6943 | case 0x1000 + 118: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
6944 | case 0x1000 + 24: return wxT("LVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
6945 | case 0x1000 + 25: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNA"); | |
6946 | case 0x1000 + 95: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNW"); | |
6947 | case 0x1000 + 26: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNA"); | |
6948 | case 0x1000 + 96: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNW"); | |
6949 | case 0x1000 + 27: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA"); | |
6950 | case 0x1000 + 97: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW"); | |
6951 | case 0x1000 + 28: return wxT("LVM_DELETECOLUMN"); | |
6952 | case 0x1000 + 29: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6953 | case 0x1000 + 30: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6954 | case 0x1000 + 31: return wxT("LVM_GETHEADER"); | |
6955 | case 0x1000 + 33: return wxT("LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6956 | case 0x1000 + 34: return wxT("LVM_GETVIEWRECT"); | |
6957 | case 0x1000 + 35: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6958 | case 0x1000 + 36: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6959 | case 0x1000 + 37: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6960 | case 0x1000 + 38: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6961 | case 0x1000 + 39: return wxT("LVM_GETTOPINDEX"); | |
6962 | case 0x1000 + 40: return wxT("LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE"); | |
6963 | case 0x1000 + 41: return wxT("LVM_GETORIGIN"); | |
6964 | case 0x1000 + 42: return wxT("LVM_UPDATE"); | |
6965 | case 0x1000 + 43: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMSTATE"); | |
6966 | case 0x1000 + 44: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSTATE"); | |
6967 | case 0x1000 + 45: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6968 | case 0x1000 + 115: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6969 | case 0x1000 + 46: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6970 | case 0x1000 + 116: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6971 | case 0x1000 + 47: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6972 | case 0x1000 + 48: return wxT("LVM_SORTITEMS"); | |
6973 | case 0x1000 + 49: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32"); | |
6974 | case 0x1000 + 50: return wxT("LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT"); | |
6975 | case 0x1000 + 51: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSPACING"); | |
6976 | case 0x1000 + 52: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
6977 | case 0x1000 + 117: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
6978 | case 0x1000 + 53: return wxT("LVM_SETICONSPACING"); | |
6979 | case 0x1000 + 54: return wxT("LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
6980 | case 0x1000 + 55: return wxT("LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
6981 | case 0x1000 + 56: return wxT("LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT"); | |
6982 | case 0x1000 + 57: return wxT("LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST"); | |
6983 | case 0x1000 + 58: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
6984 | case 0x1000 + 59: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
6985 | case 0x1000 + 60: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTITEM"); | |
6986 | case 0x1000 + 61: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTITEM"); | |
6987 | case 0x1000 + 62: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTCURSOR"); | |
6988 | case 0x1000 + 63: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTCURSOR"); | |
6989 | case 0x1000 + 64: return wxT("LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT"); | |
6990 | case 0x1000 + 65: return wxT("LVM_SETWORKAREA"); | |
c085e333 | 6991 | |
2d0a075d | 6992 | // tree view |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6993 | case 0x1100 + 0: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMA"); |
6994 | case 0x1100 + 50: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6995 | case 0x1100 + 1: return wxT("TVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6996 | case 0x1100 + 2: return wxT("TVM_EXPAND"); | |
6997 | case 0x1100 + 4: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6998 | case 0x1100 + 5: return wxT("TVM_GETCOUNT"); | |
6999 | case 0x1100 + 6: return wxT("TVM_GETINDENT"); | |
7000 | case 0x1100 + 7: return wxT("TVM_SETINDENT"); | |
7001 | case 0x1100 + 8: return wxT("TVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
7002 | case 0x1100 + 9: return wxT("TVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7003 | case 0x1100 + 10: return wxT("TVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
7004 | case 0x1100 + 11: return wxT("TVM_SELECTITEM"); | |
7005 | case 0x1100 + 12: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMA"); | |
7006 | case 0x1100 + 62: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMW"); | |
7007 | case 0x1100 + 13: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMA"); | |
7008 | case 0x1100 + 63: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMW"); | |
7009 | case 0x1100 + 14: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
7010 | case 0x1100 + 65: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
7011 | case 0x1100 + 15: return wxT("TVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
7012 | case 0x1100 + 16: return wxT("TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT"); | |
7013 | case 0x1100 + 17: return wxT("TVM_HITTEST"); | |
7014 | case 0x1100 + 18: return wxT("TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
7015 | case 0x1100 + 19: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDREN"); | |
7016 | case 0x1100 + 20: return wxT("TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
7017 | case 0x1100 + 21: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB"); | |
7018 | case 0x1100 + 22: return wxT("TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW"); | |
7019 | case 0x1100 + 23: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
7020 | case 0x1100 + 64: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
7021 | case 0x1100 + 24: return wxT("TVM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7022 | case 0x1100 + 25: return wxT("TVM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
c085e333 | 7023 | |
2d0a075d | 7024 | // header |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7025 | case 0x1200 + 0: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMCOUNT"); |
7026 | case 0x1200 + 1: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
7027 | case 0x1200 + 10: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
7028 | case 0x1200 + 2: return wxT("HDM_DELETEITEM"); | |
7029 | case 0x1200 + 3: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMA"); | |
7030 | case 0x1200 + 11: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMW"); | |
7031 | case 0x1200 + 4: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMA"); | |
7032 | case 0x1200 + 12: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMW"); | |
7033 | case 0x1200 + 5: return wxT("HDM_LAYOUT"); | |
7034 | case 0x1200 + 6: return wxT("HDM_HITTEST"); | |
7035 | case 0x1200 + 7: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
7036 | case 0x1200 + 8: return wxT("HDM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7037 | case 0x1200 + 9: return wxT("HDM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
7038 | case 0x1200 + 15: return wxT("HDM_ORDERTOINDEX"); | |
7039 | case 0x1200 + 16: return wxT("HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
7040 | case 0x1200 + 17: return wxT("HDM_GETORDERARRAY"); | |
7041 | case 0x1200 + 18: return wxT("HDM_SETORDERARRAY"); | |
7042 | case 0x1200 + 19: return wxT("HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER"); | |
c085e333 | 7043 | |
2d0a075d | 7044 | // tab control |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7045 | case 0x1300 + 2: return wxT("TCM_GETIMAGELIST"); |
7046 | case 0x1300 + 3: return wxT("TCM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7047 | case 0x1300 + 4: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
7048 | case 0x1300 + 5: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMA"); | |
7049 | case 0x1300 + 60: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMW"); | |
7050 | case 0x1300 + 6: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMA"); | |
7051 | case 0x1300 + 61: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMW"); | |
7052 | case 0x1300 + 7: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
7053 | case 0x1300 + 62: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
7054 | case 0x1300 + 8: return wxT("TCM_DELETEITEM"); | |
7055 | case 0x1300 + 9: return wxT("TCM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
7056 | case 0x1300 + 10: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
7057 | case 0x1300 + 11: return wxT("TCM_GETCURSEL"); | |
7058 | case 0x1300 + 12: return wxT("TCM_SETCURSEL"); | |
7059 | case 0x1300 + 13: return wxT("TCM_HITTEST"); | |
7060 | case 0x1300 + 14: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMEXTRA"); | |
7061 | case 0x1300 + 40: return wxT("TCM_ADJUSTRECT"); | |
7062 | case 0x1300 + 41: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMSIZE"); | |
7063 | case 0x1300 + 42: return wxT("TCM_REMOVEIMAGE"); | |
7064 | case 0x1300 + 43: return wxT("TCM_SETPADDING"); | |
7065 | case 0x1300 + 44: return wxT("TCM_GETROWCOUNT"); | |
7066 | case 0x1300 + 45: return wxT("TCM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7067 | case 0x1300 + 46: return wxT("TCM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7068 | case 0x1300 + 47: return wxT("TCM_GETCURFOCUS"); | |
7069 | case 0x1300 + 48: return wxT("TCM_SETCURFOCUS"); | |
7070 | case 0x1300 + 49: return wxT("TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH"); | |
7071 | case 0x1300 + 50: return wxT("TCM_DESELECTALL"); | |
c085e333 | 7072 | |
2d0a075d | 7073 | // toolbar |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7074 | case WM_USER+1: return wxT("TB_ENABLEBUTTON"); |
7075 | case WM_USER+2: return wxT("TB_CHECKBUTTON"); | |
7076 | case WM_USER+3: return wxT("TB_PRESSBUTTON"); | |
7077 | case WM_USER+4: return wxT("TB_HIDEBUTTON"); | |
7078 | case WM_USER+5: return wxT("TB_INDETERMINATE"); | |
7079 | case WM_USER+9: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONENABLED"); | |
7080 | case WM_USER+10: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED"); | |
7081 | case WM_USER+11: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED"); | |
7082 | case WM_USER+12: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN"); | |
7083 | case WM_USER+13: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE"); | |
7084 | case WM_USER+17: return wxT("TB_SETSTATE"); | |
7085 | case WM_USER+18: return wxT("TB_GETSTATE"); | |
7086 | case WM_USER+19: return wxT("TB_ADDBITMAP"); | |
7087 | case WM_USER+20: return wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS"); | |
7088 | case WM_USER+21: return wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON"); | |
7089 | case WM_USER+22: return wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON"); | |
7090 | case WM_USER+23: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTON"); | |
7091 | case WM_USER+24: return wxT("TB_BUTTONCOUNT"); | |
7092 | case WM_USER+25: return wxT("TB_COMMANDTOINDEX"); | |
7093 | case WM_USER+26: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREA"); | |
7094 | case WM_USER+76: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREW"); | |
7095 | case WM_USER+27: return wxT("TB_CUSTOMIZE"); | |
7096 | case WM_USER+28: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGA"); | |
7097 | case WM_USER+77: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGW"); | |
7098 | case WM_USER+29: return wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT"); | |
7099 | case WM_USER+30: return wxT("TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE"); | |
7100 | case WM_USER+31: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
7101 | case WM_USER+32: return wxT("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE"); | |
7102 | case WM_USER+33: return wxT("TB_AUTOSIZE"); | |
7103 | case WM_USER+35: return wxT("TB_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7104 | case WM_USER+36: return wxT("TB_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7105 | case WM_USER+37: return wxT("TB_SETPARENT"); | |
7106 | case WM_USER+39: return wxT("TB_SETROWS"); | |
7107 | case WM_USER+40: return wxT("TB_GETROWS"); | |
7108 | case WM_USER+42: return wxT("TB_SETCMDID"); | |
7109 | case WM_USER+43: return wxT("TB_CHANGEBITMAP"); | |
7110 | case WM_USER+44: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAP"); | |
7111 | case WM_USER+45: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA"); | |
7112 | case WM_USER+75: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW"); | |
7113 | case WM_USER+46: return wxT("TB_REPLACEBITMAP"); | |
7114 | case WM_USER+47: return wxT("TB_SETINDENT"); | |
7115 | case WM_USER+48: return wxT("TB_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7116 | case WM_USER+49: return wxT("TB_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
7117 | case WM_USER+50: return wxT("TB_LOADIMAGES"); | |
7118 | case WM_USER+51: return wxT("TB_GETRECT"); | |
7119 | case WM_USER+52: return wxT("TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
7120 | case WM_USER+53: return wxT("TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
7121 | case WM_USER+54: return wxT("TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
7122 | case WM_USER+55: return wxT("TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
7123 | case WM_USER+56: return wxT("TB_SETSTYLE"); | |
7124 | case WM_USER+57: return wxT("TB_GETSTYLE"); | |
7125 | case WM_USER+58: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
7126 | case WM_USER+59: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH"); | |
7127 | case WM_USER+60: return wxT("TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS"); | |
7128 | case WM_USER+61: return wxT("TB_GETTEXTROWS"); | |
7129 | case WM_USER+41: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS"); | |
c085e333 | 7130 | |
42e69d6b | 7131 | default: |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7132 | static wxString s_szBuf; |
7133 | s_szBuf.Printf(wxT("<unknown message = %d>"), message); | |
7134 | return s_szBuf.c_str(); | |
42e69d6b | 7135 | } |
47cbd6da | 7136 | } |
4b6a582b | 7137 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
4aff28fc | 7138 | |
1e6feb95 | 7139 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win) |
f6bcfd97 BP |
7140 | { |
7141 | // prepare the DC | |
7142 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
7143 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win); | |
7144 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC(hwnd); | |
7145 | ||
7146 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
7147 | // and select the current font into it | |
7148 | HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(win->GetFont()); | |
7149 | if ( hfont ) | |
7150 | { | |
7151 | hfont = (HFONT)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
7152 | } | |
7153 | #endif | |
7154 | ||
7155 | // finally retrieve the text metrics from it | |
7156 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); | |
7157 | ||
7158 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
7159 | // and clean up | |
7160 | if ( hfont ) | |
7161 | { | |
7162 | (void)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
7163 | } | |
7164 | #endif | |
7165 | ||
7166 | ::ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc); | |
7167 | ||
7168 | return tm; | |
7169 | } | |
3723b7b1 JS |
7170 | |
7171 | // Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse | |
7172 | // position. | |
2b5f62a0 | 7173 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt) |
3723b7b1 | 7174 | { |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
7175 | pt = wxGetMousePosition(); |
7176 | return wxFindWindowAtPoint(pt); | |
57591e0e JS |
7177 | } |
7178 | ||
7179 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt) | |
7180 | { | |
7181 | POINT pt2; | |
7182 | pt2.x = pt.x; | |
7183 | pt2.y = pt.y; | |
3723b7b1 | 7184 | |
ab3eae34 | 7185 | HWND hWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2); |
3723b7b1 | 7186 | |
ab3eae34 | 7187 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
3723b7b1 JS |
7188 | } |
7189 | ||
7190 | // Get the current mouse position. | |
7191 | wxPoint wxGetMousePosition() | |
7192 | { | |
1772ead0 | 7193 | POINT pt; |
f2325516 JS |
7194 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
7195 | GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
7196 | #else | |
1772ead0 | 7197 | GetCursorPos( & pt ); |
f2325516 | 7198 | #endif |
5cd16c0c | 7199 | |
1772ead0 | 7200 | return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y); |
3723b7b1 JS |
7201 | } |
7202 | ||
5048c832 | 7203 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
540b6b09 | 7204 | |
afafd942 JS |
7205 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
7206 | static void WinCEUnregisterHotKey(int modifiers, int id) | |
7207 | { | |
7208 | // Register hotkeys for the hardware buttons | |
7209 | HINSTANCE hCoreDll; | |
7210 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *UnregisterFunc1Proc)(UINT, UINT); | |
7211 | ||
7212 | UnregisterFunc1Proc procUnregisterFunc; | |
9a83f860 | 7213 | hCoreDll = LoadLibrary(wxT("coredll.dll")); |
afafd942 JS |
7214 | if (hCoreDll) |
7215 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7216 | procUnregisterFunc = (UnregisterFunc1Proc)GetProcAddress(hCoreDll, wxT("UnregisterFunc1")); |
afafd942 JS |
7217 | if (procUnregisterFunc) |
7218 | procUnregisterFunc(modifiers, id); | |
7219 | FreeLibrary(hCoreDll); | |
7220 | } | |
7221 | } | |
7222 | #endif | |
7223 | ||
540b6b09 | 7224 | bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) |
5048c832 JS |
7225 | { |
7226 | UINT win_modifiers=0; | |
540b6b09 VZ |
7227 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_ALT ) |
7228 | win_modifiers |= MOD_ALT; | |
7229 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_SHIFT ) | |
7230 | win_modifiers |= MOD_SHIFT; | |
7231 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_CONTROL ) | |
7232 | win_modifiers |= MOD_CONTROL; | |
7233 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_WIN ) | |
7234 | win_modifiers |= MOD_WIN; | |
7235 | ||
afafd942 JS |
7236 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
7237 | // Required for PPC and Smartphone hardware buttons | |
7238 | if (keycode >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && keycode <= WXK_SPECIAL20) | |
7239 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(win_modifiers, hotkeyId); | |
7240 | #endif | |
7241 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
7242 | if ( !::RegisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId, win_modifiers, keycode) ) |
7243 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7244 | wxLogLastError(wxT("RegisterHotKey")); |
5048c832 | 7245 | |
08158721 | 7246 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
7247 | } |
7248 | ||
08158721 | 7249 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
7250 | } |
7251 | ||
7252 | bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId) | |
7253 | { | |
afafd942 JS |
7254 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
7255 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(MOD_WIN, hotkeyId); | |
7256 | #endif | |
7257 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
7258 | if ( !::UnregisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId) ) |
7259 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7260 | wxLogLastError(wxT("UnregisterHotKey")); |
540b6b09 | 7261 | |
08158721 | 7262 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
7263 | } |
7264 | ||
08158721 | 7265 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
7266 | } |
7267 | ||
0b4f47a3 DS |
7268 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL |
7269 | ||
5048c832 JS |
7270 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
7271 | { | |
540b6b09 VZ |
7272 | int win_modifiers = LOWORD(lParam); |
7273 | ||
b6885972 VZ |
7274 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, HIWORD(lParam))); |
7275 | event.SetId(wParam); | |
5048c832 JS |
7276 | event.m_shiftDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT) != 0; |
7277 | event.m_controlDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL) != 0; | |
7278 | event.m_altDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_ALT) != 0; | |
7279 | event.m_metaDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_WIN) != 0; | |
540b6b09 | 7280 | |
937013e0 | 7281 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5048c832 | 7282 | } |
540b6b09 | 7283 | |
0b4f47a3 DS |
7284 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
7285 | ||
540b6b09 | 7286 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 7287 | |
550049c2 | 7288 | // Not tested under WinCE |
d79df32c | 7289 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
d79df32c | 7290 | |
550049c2 VZ |
7291 | // this class installs a message hook which really wakes up our idle processing |
7292 | // each time a WM_NULL is received (wxWakeUpIdle does this), even if we're | |
7293 | // sitting inside a local modal loop (e.g. a menu is opened or scrollbar is | |
7294 | // being dragged or even inside ::MessageBox()) and so don't control message | |
7295 | // dispatching otherwise | |
7296 | class wxIdleWakeUpModule : public wxModule | |
7297 | { | |
d79df32c | 7298 | public: |
3a3c8603 | 7299 | virtual bool OnInit() |
550049c2 | 7300 | { |
3a3c8603 | 7301 | ms_hMsgHookProc = ::SetWindowsHookEx |
550049c2 VZ |
7302 | ( |
7303 | WH_GETMESSAGE, | |
7304 | &wxIdleWakeUpModule::MsgHookProc, | |
7305 | NULL, | |
7306 | GetCurrentThreadId() | |
7307 | ); | |
d79df32c | 7308 | |
550049c2 VZ |
7309 | if ( !ms_hMsgHookProc ) |
7310 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7311 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)")); |
550049c2 VZ |
7312 | |
7313 | return false; | |
7314 | } | |
7315 | ||
7316 | return true; | |
3a3c8603 | 7317 | } |
550049c2 | 7318 | |
3a3c8603 | 7319 | virtual void OnExit() |
550049c2 | 7320 | { |
3a3c8603 DS |
7321 | ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc); |
7322 | } | |
550049c2 | 7323 | |
3a3c8603 | 7324 | static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgHookProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
550049c2 | 7325 | { |
3a3c8603 | 7326 | MSG *msg = (MSG*)lParam; |
34ea3c74 VZ |
7327 | |
7328 | // only process the message if it is actually going to be removed from | |
7329 | // the message queue, this prevents that the same event from being | |
7330 | // processed multiple times if now someone just called PeekMessage() | |
7331 | if ( msg->message == WM_NULL && wParam == PM_REMOVE ) | |
3a3c8603 | 7332 | { |
550049c2 | 7333 | wxTheApp->ProcessPendingEvents(); |
3a3c8603 | 7334 | } |
550049c2 | 7335 | |
3a3c8603 | 7336 | return CallNextHookEx(ms_hMsgHookProc, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
47b378bd | 7337 | } |
550049c2 | 7338 | |
d79df32c | 7339 | private: |
3a3c8603 | 7340 | static HHOOK ms_hMsgHookProc; |
550049c2 VZ |
7341 | |
7342 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule) | |
d79df32c | 7343 | }; |
d79df32c | 7344 | |
550049c2 VZ |
7345 | HHOOK wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc = 0; |
7346 | ||
7347 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule, wxModule) | |
7348 | ||
7349 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
3a3c8603 | 7350 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7351 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
7352 | ||
7353 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7354 | static void wxAdjustZOrder(wxWindow* parent) | |
7355 | { | |
7356 | if (parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticBox))) | |
7357 | { | |
7358 | // Set the z-order correctly | |
7359 | SetWindowPos((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE); | |
7360 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 7361 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7362 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
7363 | while (current) | |
7364 | { | |
7365 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); | |
7366 | wxAdjustZOrder(childWin); | |
7367 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
7368 | } | |
7369 | } | |
7370 | #endif | |
7371 | ||
7372 | // We need to adjust the z-order of static boxes in WinCE, to | |
7373 | // make 'contained' controls visible | |
7374 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent& event ) | |
7375 | { | |
7376 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7377 | wxAdjustZOrder(this); | |
7378 | #endif | |
35bbb0c6 | 7379 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7380 | event.Skip(); |
7381 | } | |
7382 | #endif |